Neoliberal Psychology
Neoliberal Psychology
Carl Ratner
Neoliberal
Psychology
International and Cultural Psychology
Series editor
Anthony J. Marsella, Professor Emeritus, University of Hawaii
Explores problems and challenges to mental health, psychosocial wellbeing, human
growth and development, and human welfare that are emerging from our
contemporary global context. It advances in psychological knowledge regarding the
nature and consequences of the many social, cultural, economic, political, and
environmental events and forces that affect individuals and communities throughout
the world.
The series covers areas like therapy, assessment, organizational psychology,
community psychology, gender, child development, and specific disorders. In
addition, it addresses major global challenges such as poverty, peace, urbanization,
modernization, refugees, and migration. The series acknowledges the multidisci-
plinary, multisectoral, and multicultural nature of the global context of our lives, and
publishes books that reflect this reality.
Neoliberal Psychology
123
Carl Ratner
Institute for Cultural Research and Education
Trinidad, CA, USA
This Springer imprint is published by the registered company Springer Nature Switzerland AG
The registered company address is: Gewerbestrasse 11, 6330 Cham, Switzerland
Economics are the method [for
neoliberalism], but the object is to change the
soul.
Margaret Thatcher
This book is about the psychology of people living in neoliberal capitalist society.
Their psychology is neoliberal psychology. It is infused with neoliberal form and
content. These characteristics of neoliberal psychology are derived from the char-
acteristics of neoliberal society and require a deep understanding of the latter.
Neoliberal psychology is thus a vital insight into neoliberal society. Neoliberal
psychology brings society into psychology, and psychology into society. It breaks
down the false, artificial division between society and psychology that is practiced
in academia and in everyday life.
This book has been motivated by four concerns: (1) to scientifically understand
the cultural psychology of people in the neoliberal era, (2) to develop the academic
discipline of cultural psychology to become adequate to comprehending neoliberal
psychology, (3) to utilize neoliberal psychology to deepen our understanding of
neoliberal society (which is dominant around the world), and (4) to utilize our
understanding of neoliberal psychology and neoliberal society to enrich/improve
our current psychology and social system. We need a coherent understanding of the
present and its dialectical potential for a qualitatively improved future. The current
lack of this understanding is responsible for the triple errors of current social trends:
(a) ignoring or accepting the true causes of oppression, and electing economic and
political oppressors as social leaders, (b) attacking innocent scapegoats such as
immigrants, gender, religious groups, and race, and (c) lacking a vision of a viable,
comprehensive alternative to neoliberalism. All of these errors intensify the
oppression and crises that afflict the populace.
The distinctive contribution of cultural psychology to social emancipation lies in
the scientific conceptualization of psychological phenomena as cultural phenomena
that are elements of cultural factors and processes. It follows that enriching, ful-
filling, and emancipating psychology requires enriching, fulfilling, and emanci-
pating its cultural basis and character. No other psychological approach includes
ix
x Preface
emancipating the social system within its purview because no other approach
conceptualizes psychology as elements of the system.
The political, critical, transformative, and emancipatory thrust of cultural psy-
chology is particularly necessary in this era of cascading geopolitical, environ-
mental, economic, and moral disasters. This book elucidates the contribution that
cultural psychology can make to salvaging and advancing human civilization.
Urban Indian workers are expected to largely follow the ideology of Western corporate
culture through individual transformation, embracing a self-Orientalizing framework,
acquiring new behaviors of increased emotional intelligence, assertiveness, flexibility,
productivity, and self-regulation. The corporations deploy a series of personality tests to
recruit, evaluate, and to assess the personality types and traits of the employees. Soft-skills
psychological workshops are conducted to create assertive, confident, happy, and
self-reliant workers. For instance, the Myers-Briggs Type Indicator and Transactional
Analysis inventories are two of the most commonly used instruments for training purposes
in Indian corporations (Bhatia & Priya, p. 654).
1
Actually, Chinese psychology is more conservative and neoliberal because it lacks the
progressive, countervailing scholarship of theoretical psychology, sociocultural psychology,
macro-cultural psychology, and critical psychology.
Preface xiii
The fact that neoliberal psychology does not exist for psychologists is a major
failure of the discipline. It testifies to underlying inadequacies in the concerns,
theories, and methodologies of psychologists. It is remarkable that virtually all
psychologists ignore the dominant character of human psychology in the world
today. This failure plagues mainstream academic psychologists (cognitive psy-
chologists, developmental psychologists, physiological psychologists, social psy-
chologists, health psychologists, educational psychologists), psychiatrists,
psychotherapists, cross-cultural psychologists, and most cultural psychologists.
Neoliberal psychology is simply not one of their constructs or topics.
A psychological theory and methodology for neoliberal psychology must be
developed. It must incorporate the scope of neoliberal psychology—including its
cultural basis, socializing mechanisms (How do emotions, perceptions, mental ill-
ness take on cultural form and content?), operating mechanisms, relation to
neoliberal society—and it must include mechanisms for social and psychological
improvement. These points must be built into the psychological theory and
methodology so that they can be elucidated by the theory and methodology. Tools
are constructed for handling specific kinds of things with particular properties.
A psychology for neoliberal psychology must be constructed for apprehending
the psychology of neoliberalism. Neoliberal psychology refers to both of these. It
refers to the everyday psychology of people and to the academic psychology that
apprehends it (which I designate with a capital P).
The only suitable theory for researching neoliberal psychology must be a cul-
tural–psychological theory that emanates from, and draws upon, social science
research into the relationship between culture and psychology. This research has
occurred in psychological anthropology, medical anthropology, sociology of
emotions, history of emotions, cultural studies, cultural hermeneutics, cultural
linguistics, and sociology of gender and social class. Examples of this work include
research on Ifaluk emotions, or language and perception among native American
Indians. The theories and methodologies of this kind of research can be expanded to
study neoliberal psychology.
The cultural–psychological theory that is the most sophisticated, coherent, and
suitable for neoliberal psychology is known as cultural–historical psychology. It
was developed by Vygotsky and his colleagues in the wake of the Russian
Revolution. Vygotsky’s followers have promoted his general concepts in fields
such as child psychology, linguistics, and educational psychology. However, they
(with few exceptions) have neglected (and denied, distorted, and trivialized) the
“macro”-aspects of Vygotsky’s theory (Ratner 2018a, b, c, 2015, 2016a; 2019,
chapter 5; Ratner & Nunes, 2017b). This leaves them incapable of applying the
theory to social issues such as neoliberalism. I have developed Vygotsky’s
macro-ideas under the name “macro-cultural psychology” (see Ratner 2018a, b, c,
2017a, b, 2016a, 2015, 2014c, 2013, 2012a, b). This is the theory I shall utilize to
analyze neoliberal psychology.
xiv Preface
Since we know that each person’s individual experience is conditioned by the role he plays
in his environment, and that it is the class membership which defines this role, it is clear that
class membership defines man’s psychology and man’s behavior. Social stimuli that have
been established in the course of historical development…are permeated through and
through with the class structure of society that generated them and serve as the class
organization of production. They are responsible for all of human behavior, and in this
sense we are justified in speaking of man’s class behavior.
important, and how they bear on related cultural and psychological issues.
However, there are two reasons this is not the best strategy for introducing this
book. One is the nature of the theory, and the other is the nature of the subject
matter, neoliberal psychology. The theory is a grand, general, scientific theory of
cultural psychology; it will appear abstract and distracting to the reader who is
looking to comprehend concrete neoliberal psychology. This is an acute problem
for this subject matter because neoliberal psychology is a new subject that is
undefined. The reader will feel doubly lost reading a grand, general, abstract psy-
chological theory that is supposed to eventually explain an undefined topic.
To avoid these two problems, I will introduce this book with some concise
snapshots about neoliberal society and neoliberal psychology. The reader can
interpolate these specific referents while reading the theory of macro-cultural
psychology in Chap. 2. Neoliberal society shall be described in Chaps. 3, 4, and 5,
which address neoliberal political economy, neoliberal education, and neoliberal
ideology. These are central structures that organize neoliberal psychological phe-
nomena. Neoliberal psychological phenomena will be selectively described in
Chap. 6. The final Chap. 7 will review the relationship between cultural–
historical/macro-cultural–psychological theory and neoliberal psychology. It will
conclude by explaining how the scientific advances of macro-cultural–
psychological theory play a progressive political role in enriching psychology
and society. I explain how the macro-cultural–psychological science of neoliberal
psychology exposes deep-seated, destructive features of neoliberal society, and
these call for society’s reorganization in a cooperative, democratic form. This
advanced form of society generates psychological phenomena which embody this
fulfilling form. Cultural science leads to progressive cultural politics which are
necessary for advancing society and psychology. This is the dialectical spiral of
science and politics. It makes politics scientific, and science political.
I’d like to acknowledge my editors, Anthony J. Marsella and Sharon Panulla, for
their confidence in, and support of, my writing a work of this magnitude.
xvii
Contents
xix
xx Contents
Three people—Jeff Bezos, Bill Gates, and Warren Buffet—own more wealth
than the bottom half of the American population combined (https://www.alternet.
org/economy/billionaire-bonanza-2017?akid=16345.152322.rR6bUs&rd=1&src=
newsletter1085105&t=12).
Between 1978 and 2016 (the period of neoliberal economic dominance
in the United States), CEO pay rose by 937%, while the typical worker
saw compensation growth of 11.2% over the same period. (Truthdig, July
20, 2017; http://www.truthdig.com/report/item/worker_wages_are_flat_but_since_
1978_ceo_pay_has_soared_by_937_20170720).
For the past fifty years, the share of national income in America that goes to
employees—rather than investors—has been steadily shrinking; by 2010, labor’s
share had reached the lowest point ever recorded (Lafer 2017).
While the net worth of the bottom half of American households evaporated in
2011–2014, that of the richest 1% grew by an average of $5 million per family
(Lafer 2017).
A research paper titled “Decomposing the Productivity-Wage Nexus in Selected
OECD Countries, 1986–2013,” studied 11 advanced-capitalist countries and found
that in eight of them median wages have not kept pace with growth in labor produc-
tivity. The 11 countries studied were Canada, the United States, Norway and eight
members of the European Union—Denmark, France, Finland, Germany, Ireland, the
Netherlands, Spain and the United Kingdom. The widest gap between pay and pro-
A Few Facts that Define Global Neoliberalism 3
ductivity growth occurred in the USA, with Germany in second place. Spain, Norway
and Ireland were the three exceptions, although in each the gain in wages over pro-
ductivity is small. Only the wages of the top 1% grew faster than productivity growth.
The labor share of income in the United States is the lowest it has ever been since
the end of World War II. The tendency throughout the period has been for decline,
but the decline has been much steeper since 2001—labor share of income in the U.S.
is 15% lower in 2017 than it was in 2001. On a scale of one to five, with one rep-
resenting the countries with the best ratings (merely “irregular violations of rights”)
and five representing the worst (“no guarantee of rights”), Britain and the United
States received rankings of four. German wages have been suppressed since 2001 in
relation to inflation or productivity gains—the prosperity of German manufacturers
has come at the expense of German workers (Dolack 2017).
82% of the global wealth produced last year went to the richest 1% of the
world’s population. The 42 richest people now own as much wealth the poor-
est half of the world’s population. The richest 1% of the world’s population own
more wealth than the whole of the rest of humanity. President Trump’s 15 cabi-
net members have a combined wealth that is greater than the 100 million poorest
Americans. More than 2.78 million workers die every year because of occupational
accidents or work-related diseases—one every 11 s (Oxfam Report 2018, “Re-
ward Work Not Wealth”; https://www.oxfam.org/sites/www.oxfam.org/files/file_
attachments/bp-reward-work-not-wealth-220118-summ-en.pdf).
One half the children in American schools are officially classified by the federal
government as low-income (Ravitch 2017).
Almost 1/3 of Americans, some 90 million people, were officially poor for two
months or more between 2009–2011 (Madrick 2017).
A production operation specialist on 737 airplane fuselages at Boeing’s sprawling
facilities was praised consistently, including a good performance review in 2012.
Suddenly, in 2013, it laid her off along with 360 workers: “They walked us out, and
wouldn’t let us go back and say goodbye”. “They drove us to an empty parking lot,
and that was it.” Most of the laid off workers were over 40 years old—on the path
toward receiving seniority wage increases and then pensions—with medical issues
that caused the employer’s health care premiums to rise. To cut pension and health
costs, the company fired these workers (Olson 2017).
Anxiety is the most common mental-health disorder in the United States, affecting
nearly one-third of both adolescents and adults, according to the National Institute
of Mental Health. In its annual survey of students, the American College Health
Association found a significant increase—to 62% in 2016 from 50% in 2011—of
undergraduates reporting “overwhelming anxiety” in the previous year (Denizet-
Lewis 2017).
In 2016, San Francisco hedge fund billionaire Tom Steyer contributed $91 mil-
lion to federal political candidates and causes; Las Vegas billionaire casino owner
Sheldon Adelson contributed $83 million. (This does not include contributions to
state politics.)
A research undertaking funded by the Australian Research Council with a team
of researchers based at the University of Sydney and Harvard University ranks the
4 1 Introduction: Snapshots of Neoliberal Society and Psychology
democratic election integrity of U.S. elections below that of all 19 North and West-
ern European democracies. The U.S. is also below 10 other nations in the Amer-
icas (Costa Rica, Uruguay, Canada, Chile, Brazil, Jamaica, Grenada, Argentina,
Barbados and Peru), 10 nations in Central and Eastern Europe, nine Asian-Pacific
countries, two countries in the Middle East (Israel and Tunisia) and six African
nations (https://www.truthdig.com/articles/who-will-protect-u-s-election-integrity-
from-american-oligarchs).
Rich Chinese entrepreneurs are joining the global billionaires club at the rate of
two a week (104 per year). Just 30 years after China allowed private enterprise, the
country’s billionaires now number 373 and account for almost one in five of the
global total of 2158. (There were only 16 Chinese billionaires as recently as 2006.)
China’s billionaires saw their combined wealth surge 39% last year to $1.2tn.
The U.S. billionaires club reached 585 after gaining 22 net new joiners, helping to
swell their combined wealth by 12% to $3.1tn. “China has overtaken the US as the
place where exceptional wealth is created at the fastest rate” (Financial Times 2018;
https://www.ft.com/content/32e24663-a160-32ce-b748-1d005804f073).
China has one of the world’s highest levels of wealth inequality (different
from income inequality), with the richest 1% of households owning a third of
the country’s wealth while the poorest 25% of Chinese households own just 1%,
a report from Peking University’s Institute of Social Science Survey has found.
(Financial Times Jan. 14, 2016; https://www.ft.com/content/3c521faa-baa6-11e5-
a7cc-280dfe875e28?mhq5j=e5).
The Chinese top 10% wealth share (67% in 2015) is getting close to that of the
United States (72%) and is much higher than in a country like France (50%) (Piketty
et al. 2017).
In 2016, China’s “Gini Coefficient” (which measures inequality of family income)
was higher than the U.S.’s (4.65 vs. 4.52) (https://www.statista.com/statistics/
250400/inequality-of-income-distribution-in-china-based-on-the-gini-index).
The combined wealth of the 2130 richest Chinese individuals (with US$300 mil-
lion each) amounts to US$2.6 trillion, equivalent to the U.K.’s gross domestic prod-
uct, the fifth largest economy in the world.
The average wealth of China’s richest has grown at 12.5% year-over-year, almost
double the pace of the country’s GDP growth (https://www.mansionglobal.com/
articles/77248-where-do-the-richest-chinese-live-in-china).
The World Inequality Lab, report on world inequality, compiled by Thomas
Piketty and other economists, reports that in China, the share of public property
in national wealth has declined from about 70% in 1978 to 30% in 2015. The top
10% income share rose from 27% to 41% of national income between 1978 and
2015, while the bottom 50% share dropped from 27 to 15%. The top 10% income
share in Europe was 37% of national income, which makes China more unequal than
capitalist Europe (Piketty et al. 2017, p. 1).
The average income of the bottom 50% (a group that includes 530 million adults)
is equal to 30% of the average income in China (ibid. p. 27).
“The percentage of students at Peking University from rural origins has fallen to
about 10 percent in the past decade, down from around 30 percent in the 1990s. An
A Few Facts that Define Global Neoliberalism 5
admissions officer at Tsinghua University told a reporter last year that the typical
undergraduate was someone who grew up in cities, whose parents are civil servants
and teachers, go on family trips at least once a year, and have studied abroad in high
school. An applicant from Beijing is 41 times more likely to be admitted to Peking
University than a comparable student from the poor and largely rural province of
Anhui” (New York Times, Sept. 24, 2014).
An editorial in Business Week in October 1974, about neoliberal economics: “It will
be a hard pill for many Americans to swallow; the idea of doing with less so that big
business can have more. Nothing that this nation or any other nation has ever done
compares with the selling job that will be needed to get the people to accept the new
reality.”
Margaret Thatcher led this salesmanship. During her reign as Prime Minis-
ter, she formulated neoliberal policy for Britain. This resulted in poverty (defined
as percentage of households earning less than sixty percent of median income)
increasing from 13.4% of households in 1979 to 22.2% in 1990. Thatcher’s
last year in power. Child poverty more than doubled. When Thatcher became
Prime Minister in 1979, unemployment was 5%. Her policies caused it to rise
to 10% for most of her reign. Real GDP was at 5% when she took office, and
it dropped below that for almost the entirety of her reign. In 1990 it had fallen
to 0% (https://www.washingtonpost.com/news/wonk/wp/2013/04/08/a-look-back-
at-margaret-thatchers-economic-record/?utm_term=.dec8cff53a23).
Yet Thatcher publicly proclaimed: “Nowadays there really is no primary poverty
left in this country… In Western countries we are left with problems that aren’t
poverty. All right, there may be poverty because they don’t know how to budget,
don’t know how to spend their earnings, but now you are left with the really hard
fundamental character-personality defect.”
“[Downtrodden individuals] are casting their problems at society. And, you know,
there’s no such thing as society. There are individual men and women and there are
families. And no government can do anything except through people, and people
must look after themselves first. It is our duty to look after ourselves and then, also,
to look after our neighbours” (in an interview in Women’s Own in 1987).
6 1 Introduction: Snapshots of Neoliberal Society and Psychology
The neoliberal medical encounter is a job for the patient to perform. As with any
job, the conditions are set by an alien power (the office, and beyond that the insurance
companies). The conditions favor the latter’s interests by reducing the expenditure
of time and labor of the doctor so that s/he can become more “productive” in seeing
more patients and generating more income. The patient must work within this alien,
hostile conditions which do not allot sufficient time to cover all issues in a relaxed,
thorough, personal manner. She must accept this condition and act “responsibly”
and efficiently within it—just as an employee must adjust to the contingencies of
work that the employer imposes. The article gives advice about how to adapt to this
alien, inhospitable “job” situation. One strategy is for the patient to bring up the most
important issues first in the inadequate time she is allotted by the system.
The conditions force the patient to become a neoliberal subject with neoliberal
subjectivity/agency/consciousness/psychology who knows how to develop neolib-
eral strategies, processes, concepts to adjust to these conditions.
The behaviors/psychology that these alien, imposed conditions require of their
customers/patients are articulated by neoliberals as independence, choice, and self-
expression; however, that is an ideological distortion which we shall explain in
Chap. 5.
Beginning in the late 1950s, when Daley took the city council out of the game and turned
over the task of planning the city’s future development to an alliance of downtown business
interests and technocrats, “Boss” Daley presided over a municipal government in which
key policy decisions had been moved out of the hands of the public and into corporate
boardrooms. In Daley’s Chicago, a federally funded urban renewal program intended to
uplift the poor, ended up subsidizing downtown development projects that reinforced the
Neoliberal Socio-Economic-Political Activities 7
walls around the black ghetto. It was Richard J. Daley who brokered the deals that built
the John Hancock Center, the Sears Tower, and many of the other iconic skyscrapers that
launched Chicago into the global age – all this while the South and West Sides were turning
into depopulated hyper-ghettos. But the Daley administration’s ability to push this agenda
forward depended on the inability of democratizing forces to gain traction within Chicago’s
political culture during the interwar years. (Diamond 2017, pp. 8–9)
McCormack (2017) explains the regulation of ocean fishing in ways that serves
capital.
Socio-cultural impacts:
Alienation and loss of individual fate control
Increased social stratification and class barriers
Loss of lifetime investments in homes and other infrastructure
Outmigration and gender imbalances
Loss of community viability.
Political-economic impacts
Lack of fair returns to owners/stewards of the resource
Cartelization of the fishing industry
Barriers to new entrants in a neo-feudal setting
Concentration of wealth and power
Transformation of ‘paper fish’ into financial derivatives
Institutional lock-in/irreversibility.
Environmental-biophysical impacts:
Incentives for high-grading
No rewards for low-carbon, environmentally sustainable fishing
No focus on ecosystem-based management McCormack (2017, p. 2).
Obeng-Odoom (2016, p. 390) finds the same kinds of effects of marketizing
common lands and water in Africa:
Using an institutional political economy approach and drawing on experiences in Ghana,
the paper investigates the social history of marketisation of the commons and probes the
effects of marketisation in terms of absolute, relative, and differential/congruent outcomes
as well as the opportunity cost of the current water property rights regime. The empirical
evidence shows that markets have been socially created through imposed and directed poli-
cies. Some jobs have been created through investment, but such employment is not unique
to marketisation and private investment. Indeed, the private model of property rights has
worsened the distribution of water resources not only within different property relations in
Africa but also between diverse property relations. Water markets have been responsible for
much displacement and trouble not only for communities but also nature. Overall, there is no
necessary congruence between the promises made by new institutional economists and how
8 1 Introduction: Snapshots of Neoliberal Society and Psychology
communities experience water markets. Tighter regulations for the use of inland and trans-
boundary water sources might temporarily halt the displacement of communities sparked
by marketisation of the commons, but only one fundamental change can guarantee commu-
nity well-being: to regard the access to and community control of water as constitutionally
sanctioned human rights and as res communis.
Social Media
Western social media (and news) are owned and controlled by capitalists. They decide
what information gets viewed. (Just six massive and global corporations—Comcast,
Viacom, Time Warner, CBS, the News Corporation and Disney—together control
more than 90% of the nation’s television stations, radio stations, movies, newspapers
and magazines.)
Neoliberal Socio-Economic-Political Activities 9
45% of Americans get their news from Facebook. Facebook’s decisions on news
thus have widespread effects. Facebook recently announced it had partnered with
the Atlantic Council in an effort to combat “fake news” on its platform. The Council
which filters Facebook news is affiliated with NATO. Its board of directors consists of
neo-conservative hawks, including Condoleezza Rice, Colin Powell, Henry Kissinger
and James Baker; CIA directors like Robert Gates, Leon Panetta and Michael Hay-
den; retired generals like Wesley Clark and David Petraeus; as well as senior tech
executives.
The Council works closely with the Venezuelan opposition, donating over $1 mil-
lion to it, part of a wide-ranging effort at regime change against multiple progressive
governments in the region. On August 9, 2018, the independent, reader-supported
news website Venezuelanalysis had its page suspended without warning. The site
offers news and views about Venezuela from a left-wing perspective.
On August 13, 2018, Facebook, citing a clause in its terms of service barring
“hateful, threatening or obscene” media, deplatformed TeleSUR English, an English-
language Latin American news network. TeleSUR is funded by a number of Latin
American states, including Venezuela, and offers news and opinion from a progres-
sive viewpoint. It was set up to provide an alternative to Western corporate-dominated
media.
(Following an appeal and a public outcry on social media, Venezuelanalysis and
TeleSUR were reinstated on Facebook. However, the social media site offered no
explanation for what happened.)
Under the guise of combating fake news, media organizations like Google, Bing,
Facebook, and YouTube have changed their algorithms that decide which news sites
they carry. The effect has been to stifle progressive media outlets. AlterNet’s Google
traffic fell by 63%, Media Matters by 42%, TruthOut by 25% and The Intercept by
19%.
Yet, the far-right Alternative fur Deutschland (AfD) party went to Facebook head-
quarters in Berlin in 2017 to discuss how it could use the platform for recruit-
ment and for micro-targeting in the German elections, as Bloomberg Business-
week (9/29/17) reported. Through Facebook and with the help of American compa-
nies, AfD nearly tripled its previous vote share, becoming the third-largest party
in Germany, the far right’s best showing since World War II (Truthdig, Aug.
23, 2018: https://www.truthdig.com/articles/that-facebook-will-turn-to-censoring-
the-left-isnt-a-worry-its-a-reality).
of the form and content of our psychological processes, just as the political econ-
omy is a constituent. The neoliberal épistème is “a normative order of reason” that
has become “a widely and deeply disseminated economic rationality” which “trans-
mogrifies every human domain and endeavor according to a specific image of the
economic” (Brown 2015, pp. 9–10).
Neoliberal épistème makes things meaningful to us; it provides us with the mean-
ings of things. It constitutes our schema (or psychological tools) for perceiving,
feeling, thinking about, remembering, motivating, expressing, desiring, and dislik-
ing things.
Language is an important element of this épistème. The neoliberal épistème is
objectified and transmitted not simply through content of language (e.g., economic
vocabularies), but also its form, in the marketization of language and the commodi-
fication of language; in the stultified political language that covers important issues
with benign platitudes (Holtz et al. 2017, document this in the field of cross-cultural
psychology). “The vocabulary of customer, consumer choice, of markets molds both
our conception of ourselves and our understanding of and relationship to the world”
(Holborow 2015, p. 1).
Neoliberal semiotics frame the reporting of news. Graham and Silke (2017) stud-
ied the manner in which news reports frame the privatizing sale of public/government
resources and enterprises. They found that reports were framed in terms of business
success and business models. These were assumed to be the criteria of the sales.
These business criteria displaced political criteria and criteria such as displacement,
dispossession, public participation, common good. This builds in the neoliberal busi-
ness form as the way to think about social activity, i.e., the implicit, unperceived,
unquestioned, épistème for understanding things. The business form is assumed, it
is not argued or defended. If a sale generated large income for the government, is
was considered worthwhile, in a general, universal sense. Other social and ecolog-
ical effects are simply not relevant to worthiness. Even when a privatization sale is
criticized, it is criticized in terms of the business model. E.g., the sale price was too
low to generate sufficient income for the government. Thus, even criticism sustains
the business model (form) as the ultimate criterion of worth and success. It criticizes
transactions for failing to follow the business model enough.
Neoliberal semiotics also become the épistème for education. That is, the con-
ception of what a good university is, and how we should think about a university
and its horizon of possibilities, in general. For instance “the strategic educational
plan for Dublin City University singles out enterprise as the foundational theme for
the university’s future development. Its objectives revolve almost exclusively around
making the university entrepreneurial, as its second strategic objective says: ‘To be
recognized internationally as a leading University of Enterprise’…In the 21-page
plan, enterprise is used 40 times, while study is used twice, critical three times,
and analyze, investigate, reading, and subject (e.g. topic of study), not at all” (ibid.
p. 101). These vocabularies reclassify our roles, identities, relationships, institutions,
and values, in neoliberal form.
The neoliberal épistème of university education is evident in Bothwel’s (2018)
description of the ranking system for Asian universities. The primary criteria are
Neoliberal Weltanschauung, Geist, Mentalité … 11
• Institutional Income
• Industry Income
• Research Income
• Total Publications
• Citation impact
• International co-authorship
• Teaching
• Research reputation
Again, these criteria form the epistemic criteria for defining and conceptualizing
the very idea of a good university that should be constructed and maintained and
honored. Of course, the people who occupy this kind of university are rewarded for
internalizing and advancing these criteria, which become their cognitions, percep-
tions, memory, motivation, imagination, ideals, values, and emotions (pride, shame).
Teaching and research reputation are granted less importance in the neoliberal
épistème than the neoliberal criteria. The first three criteria are purely monetary.
They allow a high status/ranking simply by increasing funding. Ranking is now a
commodity that can simply be purchased for a high fee! And this high ranking is
considered to reflect quality of education, which it does not.
Bothwell tells us that not only is the total amount of investment key to ranking,
but the rate of investment increase over the year is crucial as well. The emphasis here
is on speed of investing. This incentivizes universities to spend ever more rapidly.
It is directly analogous to the rate of profit in businesses. Small, steady increases in
educational investment are not valued as much as large increases. Thus, Tsinghua
University in China outranks Peking University because its annual rate of investment
is higher than Peking University’s, even though the latter’s total investment is greater
than Tsinghua’s.
Publication output is also neoliberal in sense of being an abstract quantity, regard-
less of content (quantity). It is analogous to industrial production: sell more product
to increase returns. Citation impact is equally commodified in that it is the number
of times cited a publication is cited; it has nothing to do with quality/content. It is
possible that all the citations critique and refute an article, yet it will be highly valued
for its citation ranking. All of these indicators conflate quantity with quality. They
imply that quantity of money, publications, and citations high quality.
Agger and Shelton (2017) similarly describe how, under the commodification
of ‘college labor’ where degreed labor and credit hours are produced, the course
syllabus becomes far more than merely introducing the course subject matter and
requirements; it is now a labor contract between instructor and students, that spells
out precise conditions under which student work will be evaluated and credit hours
awarded, and the behavioral and attitudinal expectations of students.
Newfield (2016) explains how the neoliberal university transforms, subordinates,
and supersedes academics in favor of commercial interests. “The fundamental driver
of college costs is the market competition that typifies private industry” (ibid. p. 26).2
This neoliberalizing of the concept and operation of a good university inevitably
means that the people who populate it are defined and evaluated in these terms. This
12 1 Introduction: Snapshots of Neoliberal Society and Psychology
makes them into neoliberal subjects whose psychology has this neoliberal form and
content.
Although the neoliberal Weltanschauung, Geist, Mentalité, Épistème, Ethos,
and collective representations are generated by neoliberal, political-economic-social
activities, the mentalité, etc. do not fully express these activities. They do not express
exploitation, oppression, alienation, dehumanization, impoverishment, immisera-
tion, aggression, mystification, monopolization, stagnation, destruction, powerless-
ness, dislocation, discrimination, or autocracy (that are evident in the foregoing
snapshots). Weltanschauung, Geist, Mentalité, Épistème, Ethos, and collective rep-
resentations are ideologically contoured to be socially acceptable to dominant social
interests, i.e., to present social life as prettier than it is. Thatcher’s previous comment
exemplifies this. This will be discussed at length in a section on ideology in Chap. 3.
It is the qualitative features of social activities in capitalism that form the substance
of cultural psychology and neoliberal psychology. As the social and material envi-
ronment takes on capitalist forms, people change their psychology to perceive, com-
prehend, reason about, emote, imagine, and remember these new kinds of things.
This is Darwinian, environmental psychology.
We turn now to the macro cultural psychological theory and methodology that is
designed for elucidating these elements in society and psychology.
Notes
1. The capitalist form and function and value of knowledge makes critique of cap-
italism difficult. Critique would violate the capitalist value of knowledge, and
would be rejected as unproductive and not viable on the market. Critiquing the
capitalist profit motive would be rejected as: “That is not useful for individual
success on the economic market; nor does it generate profit; so let’s not talk about
it. Even if I liked the idea, it is impractical.” Market practicality and the profit
motive would disqualify the capitalist critique, without considering the merits of
the content.
2. China has fully bought into this commodification of education and proudly strives
to excel on these neoliberal rankings. The Ministry of Education imposes these
criteria on the micro level of university departments where they are the criteria for
promotion of individual faculty members. This is another example of a powerful
neoliberal practice in China—a practice that is universally condemned by genuine
Marxists, and even progressive people, throughout the world.
Part I
A Psychological Theory for
Comprehending Neoliberal Capitalism
and Neoliberal Psychology
Chapter 2
Macro Cultural Psychology
This book develops a scientific understanding of the psychology of our era. Our era
is the era of neoliberalism and our psychology is neoliberal psychology. This is not to
say that every single detail of every single person’s psychology has a neoliberal char-
acter. For our era is not monolithic neoliberalism; it contains numerous pre-neoliberal
and anti-neoliberal elements which bear on various psychological elements of vari-
ous people. Neoliberalism is the dominant form of society around most of the world,
and neoliberal psychology is the dominant mode of consciousness, subjectivity, men-
tality, psychology. Neoliberal psychology permeates our public psychology—e.g., in
the workplace, in government and politics, in school, in shopping—and our private
psychology—in personal interactions with friends, family, and ourself.
It is therefore odd, to say the least, that the discipline of Psychology has mani-
fested scarce interest in neoliberal psychology (Curran and Hill 2017, and Theory &
Psychology, 2018, 28, 5 are notable exceptions). Even psychologists who call them-
selves social psychologists and cultural psychologists are complicit in this neglect
(Ratner 2019, 2018a, 2012b, 2015). This is the continuation of Psychology’s historic
neglect of broad, important, cultural-political-psychological issues. (Psychologists
for Social Responsibility are a notable exception. Critical psychologists also strive
for social relevance, however, their lack of any coherent, concrete, constructive, ade-
quate, psychological theory—and their seduction by fallacious theories such as psy-
choanalysis and populism—renders their efforts fruitless.) In contrast, other social
scientists, such as sociologists, political-economists, anthropologists, and geogra-
phers have researched neoliberalism and touched on neoliberal psychology.
Eschewing the study of the most powerful and obvious and controversial (trou-
bling) cultural force and its psychological elements (for the past half-century) is
not only a major intellectual failure, it is also a major political failure that insu-
lates neoliberalism and neoliberal psychology from critique and emancipation. In
this way, Psychology is a conservative political force that blinds us and binds us
to the status quo. (Psychologists’ intellectual and political failure undermines their
professed support for abstract human rights because these can only be realized in a
social-psychological transformation of the status quo.)
Macro cultural psychology explains the breadth and depth of culture in psy-
chology. It explains the relation between cultural organization and other possible
determinations of psychology, such as biological and individual factors. Without this
understanding, it is easy to attribute psychological phenomena to other factors which
diminish the influence of culture—and diminish the importance of understanding and
improving culture.
The cultural organization of psychology is real, however, it is not intuitively
obvious, nor is it disclosed by conventional theories and methodologies. It is only
fully comprehended if the psychologist is armed with a cultural-psychological
theory. (This is the profound truth of Vygotsky’s statement that “Science’s subject
matter is in a certain sense created by science itself from its basic abstraction, for
example, the subject matter of physics, chemistry, and the world in astronomy …
The subject matter of science is a part of reality, represented in concepts …” In
Zavershneva and van der Veer 2018, p. 109. “Relativity physics,” “Darwinian evolu-
tion versus Lamarkian evolution,” “sociobiology,” “diathesis-stress,” “behaviorism,”
exemplify this point.) This makes theoretical psychology an essential, practical
field of debate that defines and guides empirical research as well as reform efforts.
Vygotsky emphasized this point: “Our shortcoming is not a shortage of facts but the
inadequacy of the theory: This is the main difficulty in the analysis of our crisis and
not the divergence from the facts. Thus: Salvation is not in the facts but in theory”
(ibid. p. 273).
Macro cultural psychology is a dialectical dance between culture, psychology,
and Psychology. It uses neoliberal psychology, neoliberal society, and cultural-
psychological theory to illuminate one another. This draws each one out of its con-
ventional position to relate to the demands of others.
Macro cultural psychological theory additionally explains how psychology
acquires its cultural features. That is, the processes by which it embodies, crystal-
lizes, and expresses cultural factors; and the processes by which culture permeates,
organizes, structures, and socializes psychological phenomena.
Cultural psychology also articulates a theory of culture that identifies its impor-
tant elements, its structure, power relations, and politics. For these all bear on the
psychology of people in real life.
Finally, cultural psychology provides important insights into how psychology
and society can be mutually enriched. Because psychology and society are inter-
dependent, psychological enrichment requires social improvement, and vice versa.
Moreover, the study of cultural psychology reveals social problems through (or in)
the psychological phenomena that they generate and inform. This enables cultural
psychology to identify ways in which social improvement can and must be directed
in order to enhance the psychological functioning of people. This is a vital perspec-
tive on social improvement that complements perspectives from economics, health
care, education, and political science.
Macro cultural psychology provides the same scientific direction to Psychology
that Darwin’s theory of natural selection provides to biology. Natural selection guides
the biologist where to look, how to look, and what to look for in order to compre-
2 Macro Cultural Psychology 19
hend the why, how, and what of organisms’ anatomical features. This direction,
explanation, methodology, and prediction are not observable in anatomical features
themselves. They are not apprehended by atheoretical, “dust-bowl empiricism” that
jumps into the field of study to observe whatever catches one’s attention. The scientist
is always sensitized and informed by provisional theories. Darwin worked feverishly
to formulate a theory that could perform these functions. He was distraught by the
overwhelming, diverse, empirical details of anatomy that he encountered. He needed
to make sense of them in an orderly, logical, coherent theory.
Macro cultural psychology similarly provisionally directs us where to look, and
what to look for, and how to look, in order to comprehend the why, how, and what
of particular cultural psychologies such as neoliberal psychology.
I am going to use macro cultural psychology as not only a way of analyzing psy-
chology within neoliberalism, but, more ambitiously as a way to frame neoliberalism
itself, in order to comprehend which of its elements are most important to understand
so that we can understand neoliberal psychology. We have to know what is funda-
mental to neoliberalism in order to understand what is fundamental to neoliberal
psychology. We have to know where to look and what to look for in neoliberalism
in order to understand neoliberal psychology. We need a culture theory as well as a
psychological theory.
I shall present macro cultural psychology before presenting neoliberalism,
because the theory is necessary for framing the presentation of neoliberalism in
a coherent, logical manner that reveals neoliberal psychology. Macro cultural psy-
chology is both the culture theory and psychological theory that is necessary for com-
prehending culture and psychology, or culture in relation to psychology. A purely
psychological theory will be silent about the structure of culture and which elements
of this structure are most important for forming and understanding psychology. A
purely psychological theory will haphazardly identify particular elements of culture
that will impede a coherent, logical, systematic understanding of cultural psychology
such as neoliberal psychology.
I shall summarize macro cultural psychology to elucidate its theory of culture
and its theory of psychology vis a vis culture. This will frame my presentation of
neoliberalism in the next chapter, and neoliberal psychology in the Chap. 4.
Macro cultural psychology draws upon the cultural-historical psychology of
Vygotsky, Leontiev, and Luria, supplemented by the work of Bourdieu, Foucault, and
their followers, along with important contributions from social sciences and human-
ities such as psychological anthropology, sociology, history, and geography (Ratner
1991, 2011a, b, c, 2012a, b, 2013, 2015, 2016a, 2017a, b, 2018a, b). Vygotsky’s
work is the most central to macro cultural psychology. His work has many strands.
I have drawn out his macro cultural strand for guidance in my work. His macro cul-
tural psychological thinking has generally been ignored by scholars (Ratner 2015,
2018a, b, Ratner and Nunes 2017a, b). (Lantolf’s work at Penn State University is
an important exception.) Consequently, my use of his work comprises a new reading
(or systematization) of his cultural-psychological theory.
Luria summarized the macro cultural strand as follows: “The ‘cultural’ aspect of
Vygotsky’s theory involved the socially structured ways in which society organizes
20 2 Macro Cultural Psychology
the kinds of tasks that the growing child faces and the kinds of tools, both mental and
physical, that the young child is provided to master those tasks … It is through this
interiorization of historically determined and culturally organized ways of operating
on information that the social nature of people comes to be their psychological nature
as well” (https://www.marxists.org/archive/luria/works/1979/mind/ch03.htm).
This is a comprehensive, coherent statement of the multiple issues that cultural
historical psychology-macro cultural psychology must answer.
This frames our study of neoliberal psychology. I will replace the general terms
“culture,” “historical,” and “society” with neoliberalism. This means cultural psy-
chologists must study the social structure of neoliberalism that organizes activities
and tools and information processing with concrete form and content. For these are
internalized by individuals as their psychological constituents.
I will take an unusual path to introduce macro cultural psychological theory-
cultural historical psychological theory. I will introduce it, not as a set of abstract
concepts and principles (which can be difficult to follow and relate to concrete issues
such as neoliberal psychology). I will instead present the theory at work in framing
and analyzing one concrete issue of neoliberal psychology. This makes the theory
immediately understandable in relation to neoliberal psychology, and vice versa. I
will subsequently elucidate elements of macro cultural psychology that guide the
analysis of the illustrative example. I will contextualize these elements within the
culture theory and psychological theory.
The concrete neoliberal psychological issue that will illustrate the theory is lin-
guistic styles in the neoliberal class structure. Linguistic styles affect school perfor-
mance, occupational performance, and social partners. The class variation in linguis-
tic style is an important example of neoliberal psychology. Utilizing macro cultural
psychological theory to conceptualize and analyze classed, linguistic style is thus a
useful illustration of the theory for neoliberal psychology.
This application of macro cultural psychology will allow us to then enumerate its
abstract principles in a meaningful manner that can be utilized for deeper explication
of neoliberal psychology.
Linguistic Codes
ing structure of thought, Bernstein was concerned with the specific cultural form of
language that derives from the social class activities, constraints, and affordances of
capitalist society. (Bernstein 1961, 1964, 1970a, b, 1971, 1973/1977, 1977, 1996,
2000).
Bernstein used cultural historical psychology to make the logic and development
of class differences in sociolinguistic codes intelligible.
Bernstein (1996, p. 93) explained his approach in radical, socio-political, terms:
“to explicate the process whereby a given distribution of power and principles of
control are translated into specialized principles of communication differentially,
and often unequally distributed to social groups/classes. And how such a differen-
tial/unequal distribution of forms of communication initially (but not necessarily ter-
minally) shapes the formation of consciousness of members of these groups/classes
in such a way as to relay both opposition and change.”
Bernstein develops a culture-centric position which commences with social struc-
ture, power, and control, that organize patterns of symbolic formation and commu-
nication—sociolinguistic codes—which extend the formative social structure, and
delay and displace opposition and change. Bernstein (1960, 1973/1977, p. 474) was
inspired by Durkheim who sought to derive the basic categories of thought from the
structuring of the social relation. Bernstein (1964, pp. 56–57, my emphasis) explains
his point of view:
This is a sociological argument, because the speech system is taken as a consequence of the
form of the social relationship, or, put more generally, is a quality of the social structure. The
speech system or linguistic code, itself a function of the social structure, marks out selectively
for the individual what is relevant in the environment. The experience of the individual is
transformed by the learning which is generated by his own apparently voluntary acts of
speech …
As the child learns his speech, or in the terms used here, learns specific codes which regulate
his verbal acts, he learns the requirements of his social structure. The social structure becomes
the substratum of his experience essentially through the effects of the linguistic process. The
identity of the social structure, it is thought, is transmitted to the child essentially through
the implications of the linguistic code which the social structure itself generates. From this
point of view, every time the child speaks or listens, the social structure of which he is part
is reinforced and his social identity is constrained. The social structure becomes for the
developing child his psychological reality by the shaping of his acts of speech.
Bernstein explains the structure of capitalist society that provides distinctive jobs
with different rights, powers, responsibilities, obligations, and social-psychological
competencies, which generate distinctive sociolinguistic codes that are expressed in
school and elsewhere. These linguistic codes structure individuals’ competencies to
engage in activities demanded and afforded by the class structure. “We can see that the
class system has affected the distribution of knowledge. Historically and now, only
a tiny percentage of the population has been socialized into knowledge at the level
of the meta-language of control and innovation, whereas the mass of the population
has been socialized into knowledge at the level of context-tied operations. A tiny
percentage of the population has been given access to the principles of intellectual
change, whereas the rest have been denied such access” (Bernstein, 1973/1977,
p. 477).
22 2 Macro Cultural Psychology
This social structuring of activity and resources (knowledge, wealth, and power)
generates ways of relating to the world, perceiving the world, interpreting the world.
The owners and managers of macro cultural factors have a “universalistic” perspec-
tive that oversees all that they control or would control and figures out how to obtain
and organize and control and produce and market things. The populace who works
under their control and does their bidding has a “particularistic” perspective that
is restricted to narrow domains of following orders with limited oversight, insight,
innovation, conceptual thinking, responsibility and decision making. These objec-
tive political-economic differences among social classes become reflected in forms of
thinking and communication—i.e., consciousness, psychology. Universalistic mean-
ings and concepts are manipulated explicitly as they are fathomed, evaluated, and
revised in upper class activities and discussions. Subaltern classes obey orders with
little opportunity or need for reflecting on the imposed orders. Subaltern classes work
in narrow occupational spaces—a spot on an assembly line, a desk in a call center,
serving coffee, assisting disabled people. Their work is routine and simplified. This
is reflected in their thinking and communication. It refers to objects in the immediate
space of the employees which can be taken for granted and simply indicated. There
is little need for complex, explicit discussion about obvious, routine, things.
Bernstein says that particularistic meanings and communication are context-
dependent, in contrast to broad scales of international commerce, for example, that
refer to disparate things. The scope of universalistic meanings requires detailed,
explicit, description to distant interlocutors. The immediacy of particularistic mean-
ings allows for implicit meanings that are embedded in the obvious, narrow context
that is shared by the co-present interlocutors. These different forms of communica-
tion are termed “linguistic codes.”
Sociolinguistic codes are “deep structures of communication” that recapitulate
qualitative differences in activity which are engendered by the class structure of
social relations. Particularistic, implicit, linguistic codes recapitulate and maintain
the narrowness, standardization, and subordination of the lower classes. Universal-
istic, explicit, linguistic codes reflect and enhance different social activities of own-
ership, control, innovation, conceptualization, and decision-making responsibility
(Bernstein 1973/1977, pp. 477–478).
Bernstein articulates the features of universalistic vs. particularistic linguistic
codes as follows:
Lower Class Restricted Codes:
• short, grammatically simple, often unfinished sentences’,
• a poor syntactical construction
• a low order of generality
• context-bound
• a reliance on implicit meaning
• a very limiting vocabulary
• its poor syntax does not facilitate the communication of ideas and relationships
which require a precise formulation.
Linguistic Codes 23
The speech of the ‘restricted code’ user ‘is likely to be concrete, descriptive and
narrative rather than analytical and abstract’ (Bernstein 1977, p. 94). These linguistic
characteristics are linked to a restriction in cognitive powers, individual expression
and emotional response (ibid. pp. 64–69).
This impedes communicating about things that are abstract, conceptual, and dis-
tant from immediate sense perception and reference. A habitus for one social role
obviously channelizes competencies away from incongruous roles. “Speakers lim-
ited to a restricted code may be unable to manage the role requirements which are
necessary for the production of an elaborated code” (Bernstein 1964, p. 64).
“Elaborated, middle class codes”:
Explicit, context-independent, and ‘universalistic’
The ‘elaborated code’ is verbally explicit conceptual abstractions detached from the
here-and-now.
• ‘formal language’ of the middle class
• ‘accurate grammatical order and syntax’
• ‘grammatically complex sentence structure’
• ‘language-use which points to the possibilities inherent in a complex conceptual
hierarchy for the organizing of experience’ (1973/1977p. 282, fn 3).
These deep systems of thought and communication are illustrated in the narratives
of schoolchildren. Let us examine two narratives that come from a single first grade
classroom in the U.S. (Michaels 1986: 105, 108–109). The first includes a white
(evidently middle-class) girl, Mindy, talking with her middle class teacher, the second
includes a black (evidently lower-class) girl, Deena, talking with the same teacher.
(1)
Mindy: When I was in day camp we made these candles.
T: You made them?
M: And I tried it with different colors, with both of them but one just came out; this
one just came out blue, and I don’t know what this color is.
T: That’s neat-o. Tell the kids how you do it from the very start. Pretend we don’t
know a thing about candles. OK, What did you do first? What did you use? Flour?
M: Um„ here’s some hot wax, some real hot wax that you just take a string and tie a
know in it and dip the string in the um wax.
T: What makes it have a shape?
M: Um, you just shape it.
T: Oh, you shaped it with your hand, mmm.
M: But you have, first you have to stick it into the wax and then water, and then keep
doing that until it gets to the size you want it.
T: OK. Who knows what the string is for?
(2)
Deena: Um, I went to the beach Sunday and to McDonalds, and to the park, and I
got this for my birthday. My mother bought it for me, and um I had um two dollars
24 2 Macro Cultural Psychology
for my birthday and I put it in here, and I went to where my friend named Gigi. I
went over to my grandmother’s house with her and um she was on my back and I
and we was walkin around, by my house and um she was heavy. She was in the sixth
or seventh grade.
T: OK I’m going to stop you. I want to talk about things that are really really very
important. That’s important to you but tell us things that are sort of different. Can
you do that? And tell us what beach you went to.
Mindy’s linguistic style of codes is the universalistic, elaborate, explicit, logi-
cal, context-free system of communication and thinking; while Deena’s codes are
implicit, with low level of generality that are context-bound with poor syntax that
impedes detailed explication to interlocutors.
These systems of communication confirm Bernstein’s point that sociolinguistic
codes are generated by, and reproduce, class differences in higher education, occu-
pations, political participation, and other activities.
Deena’s expressive speech is suited to lower class work—e.g., to working as a
sales clerk at McDonald’s where she merely informs a customer that a Big Mac
contains lettuce, tomatoes, onions, and cheese. This kind of work and speech only
requires stringing words together in a list. Logic, coherence, and descriptiveness are
not required from the clerks because the information is organized and displayed by
management on overhead screens, and the customer knows what the words denote.
The work and speech have been routinized and simplified to the point that they
require little thinking, reflection, analysis, logic, creativity, or explanation by the
clerks. These higher level activities have been expropriated by the corporate owners
and managers—just as they have expropriated the profits. They do not want their
low-level employees to possess them for their own interests and decision-making.
Neoliberal management ensures this.
These requirements of adult social class participation structure life activities and
conditions, including those of young children. Deena and Mindy’s class differences
in thinking and communicating are pronounced in children, even before entry into
formal education. Education hones these differences through appropriate pedagogies
and conditions.
Bernstein’s macro cultural (sociological) analysis of linguistic style carries impor-
tant implications for improvement. We may agree that neither of the codes is inher-
ently more fulfilling in some absolute sense. Not everybody needs the elaborate
codes to fulfill themselves. If the restricted social and physical life is rewarding, then
restricted codes are fine. It may be that in a tribal community this is the case. However,
we must always consider the cultural-political aspects of society. In exploitive, class-
differentiated, hierarchical, neoliberal capitalism, restricted social and physical life
is impoverished and oppressed. This is the basis, quality, and function of restricted
linguistic codes. In this case, it is disingenuous to pretend that restricted codes are
a purely cultural-ethnic resource that is as fulfilling as elaborated codes. That claim
would depoliticize and dehistoricize the codes. It would expunge oppression and
class structure that are embodied in linguistic codes. It would legitimate oppression
Linguistic Codes 25
by ignoring it. In class society, restricted codes are a decided deficit that reflects and
entraps lower class people in oppressive conditions.
Consequently, human fulfillment requires critiquing restricted codes and replacing
them with elaborate codes. This requires explicating the macro cultural psychological
basis and function of the two codes. Teachers would explain Bernstein’s thesis that
linguistic codes are forms of social control that entrap students in their neighborhoods
and jobs. This association would galvanize students’ motivation to change their codes.
They would become angry at the codes that have saddled them with so many social
problems.
In contrast, a technical, semantic analysis and change of grammar would be futile
because it would ignore the fundamental reason for the codes’ existence, as well as
their social-political function. It would dehistoricize and depoliticize language. It
would require that children develop new grammars and vocabulary with no social
sense of what it is all about and why it is useful. Moreover, current lower class
life, would continually militate against linguistic change. Elaborate codes would be
dysfunctional to their real life (Lebenswelt).
Linguistic shift is only viable as a component of cultural-political critique and
transformation. This is the radical thrust of macro cultural psychology. The cultural-
politics of Bernstein’s codes are the vehicle for technical improvements in grammar
and vocabulary. The cultural-political aspects of the codes are the psychological tools
of language. They must be the target of explanation, teaching, and improvement
(see Kinginger 2016 for macro cultural psychological aspects of foreign language
learning). Macro, political, economic, cultural elements of language are the basis of
language, which is social communication. They constitute the political motivation for
children to self-criticize their restricted habituses and replace them with expansive
cognition and language. Bernstein emphasizes that elaborate codes are expansive
codes; they enable individuals to reflect on their conditions and critique them and
change them.
Bernstein’s framing and analyzing of sociolinguistic codes is a model application
of the concepts and principles of macro cultural psychology-cultural historical psy-
chology. It enables us to explicate the general principles that he utilized. We will then
be able to utilize these principles to more deeply understand neoliberal psychology,
as well as other cultural forms of psychology.
(1) Psychology is a macro cultural phenomenon in its origin, function, and features.
For instance, linguistic codes/styles are located in macro cultural space—of
institutions, artifacts, cultural concepts, social systems and class structures.
Bernstein said the speech system is a quality of the social structure. This endows
codes with macro cultural properties (forms and content) that serve macro cul-
tural purposes. This is why codes have features of social class.
This idea that psychological activity, or subjectivity, is an element of social sys-
tems and macro cultural factors, is a necessary guideline for researching neoliberal
psychology in relation to neoliberal society. It directs attention to thoroughly com-
prehending society—which psychologists rarely do.
Vygotsky expressed this principle in various ways:
Environment is a factor in the realm of personality development, and its role is to act as the
source of this development…and not its context. (Vygotsky 1994c, pp. 348–349)
In contrast to the maturation of instincts or innate tendencies, the motive force that … sets in
action the maturational mechanism of behavior impelling it forward along the path of further
development is located not inside but outside the adolescent. The tasks that are posed for
the maturing adolescent by the social environment – tasks that are associated with his entry
into the cultural, professional, and social life of the adult world – are an essential functional
factor in the formation of concepts. (Vygotsky 1987, p. 132)
Leontiev (1978) further explains this perspective in his article “Activity and Con-
sciousness” (available online: http://www.marxists.org/archive/leontev/works/1977/
leon1977.htm) in his book Problems of Dialectical Materialism: “Despite all its
diversity, all its special features, the activity [Tatigkeit] of the human individual is a
system that obeys the system of relations of society. Outside these relations human
activity does not exist. How it exists is determined by the forms and means of material
and spiritual communication that are generated by the development of production
and that cannot be realised except in the activity of specific individuals. It stands to
reason that the activity of every individual depends on his place in society, on his
conditions of life.”
Macro cultural psychology-cultural historical psychology is a Copernican shift
in the way psychology is conceived. Psychology is essentially a cultural, historical
phenomenon, not an individual one. Psychology depends upon social conditions,
as Leontiev just said. While individuals are active inventors and performers of psy-
chology, they do as cultural organisms who need culture for their survival and ful-
fillment, and who work to develop and maintain culture for the benefits it brings to
them (http://www.marxists.org/archive/leontev/works/1977/leon1977.htm). Human
activity thus supersedes its individual actors, it does not eliminate them. It creates
supra-individual forms (that are super human as well) which is what we mean by
culture. A school or a bank or a political party or a hospital or a transportation sys-
tem or communication system or cell phone is this kind of supra-individual, cultural
form of activity that individuals produce and engage in. It is objectified in supra-
individual physical forms and cultural forms. This collective, objectified, strength
to supra-human cultural formations is what makes them super human (Ratner 1991,
2012d). These entail collective processes, administration, decision-making, norms,
and sanctions. Once formed, individuals must adapt to these collective physical and
social formations in order to engage in human activities (attend school, work) and
in order to become a successful individual. To succeed in school or work, you must
obey the cultural norms, processes, and infrastructure. You must work hard to realize
the cultural forms in your own behavior. These are not your own, personal activities,
goals, or even motives. Bernstein makes this clear in describing linguistic codes that
structure the psychologies of social members.
Psychology is human subjectivity; and in cultural humans, psychology must be
the subjectivity of cultural forms and factors. Psychology is thus culture-centric, it is
28 2 Macro Cultural Psychology
that are necessary for the speakers’ position in the system. Speech codes reproduce
and maintain the social system that generates them.
Psychological tools are the “how” of cultural formation of psychology.
Another illustrative example of a psychological tool is cultural ideals of beauty.
Philosophy scholar, Widdows (2018, pp. 2–7, my emphasis), explains how this macro
cultural factor (concept, artifact) functions as a psychological tool that organizes the
self.
The beauty ideal is a dominant and in some instances a predominant ethical ideal. It functions
as an ethical ideal in that it sets ideal standards to aspire to and presents working towards such
standards as a moral duty. It provides a shared value framework against which individuals
judge themselves morally good or bad. It is constitutive of identity and provides meaning
and structure individually and collectively. Praise, blame, and reward are apportioned in
accordance with it. Engagement is virtuous, and failure is a moral vice engendering shame
and disgust.
The current beauty ideal is more dominant than previous ideals to the extent that
it is becoming global. As it becomes more dominant, its ethical features become
more pronounced making it harder to resist and reject. As the beauty ideal becomes
more dominant, the ethical pressure to conform increases. “To claim that engagement
is simply individual choice is unsustainable and practices of informed consent are
undermined” (ibid.).
“The beauty ideal applies for longer, starting as young as three and continuing
past the menopause.”
Minimal standards of beauty rise. This means that more is required just to be
‘good enough,’ which results in the narrowing of what is acceptable or normal and
a parallel expansion of “abnormal” (ibid.).
Cultural tools organize psychology by cultivating an appropriate subjectivity, not
by expunging subjectivity to impose behavior mechanically. Culture does not negate
subjectivity, and subjectivity does not negate culture. This is evident in consumer
marketing in capitalist society.
The political-economic pressure for marketing and advertising forces these to
become intrusive, focused, and seductive in order to increase their effectiveness at
generating irrational, impulsive, depleting, spending. Manufacturers and marketers
make their commodities personally appealing to consumers so that people will want
to make them part of their life styles. This goes far beyond mere functionality of
products for efficient use. The commodity becomes tied to identity, personhood,
personality, success, attractiveness. The commodity becomes a psychological tool
that Imbues psychological qualities with commodity form. Psychological qualities
are defined as possessing commodity attributes, requiring commodity attributes. If
beauty can be imbued with a commodity form, people will depend upon commodities
to achieve beauty. Thus, the need for commodities becomes a commodified need.
Commodified needs generate sales and profits.
“Emotional Branding is a means of creating a personal dialogue with consumers.
Consumers today expect their brands to know them—intimately and individual-
ly—and to have a solid understanding of their needs and cultural orientation” (Gobe
32 2 Macro Cultural Psychology
2009, Locations 406–408). “Just take a look at the Evian waterdrop-shaped millen-
nium bottle. It is not just about water or luxury in the traditional sense. It is about
seeing water in a whole new way through groundbreaking design, taste, home deco-
ration, and the evocation of the sensory experience of a water drop” (ibid. Locations
449–450). “Brand personalities are special. They have a charismatic character that
provokes an emotional response. American Airlines has a strong identity, but Virgin
Airlines has personality. AOL’s identity is recognizable, but the unique and flexible
graphic expression of Google’s logo stimulates our imagination. Sensorial design
is about experiences. Design is about responsible human solutions, based on inno-
vation that presents a new set of sensory and subconscious experiences” (ibid. loc.
495–501). “Brand presence can forge a sound and permanent connection with peo-
ple, especially if it is strategized as a lifestyle program” (ibid. Locations 504–505).
“Simple ideas, such as computers, have morphed from ‘technology equipment’ into
larger, consumer-focused concepts known as ‘lifestyle entertainment.’ Food is no
longer about cooking or chores but about home and lifestyle design and ‘sensory
experience.’” (loc. 237). “Consumption becomes meaning-based, and brands are
often used as symbolic resources for the construction and maintenance of identity”
(ibid. p. 155).
Neoliberal psychological tools are much more effective than previous tools
because they have assumed this personal, subjective, social quality that generates
immediate, subjective, psychological resonance. The tool feels like part of oneself
because of its personal, subjective, social quality. It is communicating with you,
it knows you, it is your companion. Neoliberal tools are cultural artifacts that are
deliberately invested with meaning by their manufacturers and marketers. They are
prepared meanings that are delivered to us, which we consume. We do not invent
them. They are not ours; on the contrary, we become theirs. Schroeder and Morling
(2006, pp. 178) admit that “meanings seem to arise constructed by consumers, [but
are] based on behaviors exhibited by personified brands or brand characters.” Gobe
acknowledges that “In order to succeed, brands must carefully craft psychic identities
as well as the more concrete qualities quantified in Consumer Reports” (Gobe 2009
Locations 662–663).
Subjectifying the product objectifies subjectivity in that product. The more that
products are subjectified, the more they permeate psychology and make it objectified
in the image of commodities. The more that products are personalized, the more that
psychology is depersonalized in the form of manufactured commodities.2
The general fact that neoliberalism shapes psychology is not objectionable. All
cultural systems shape the psychology of their members. This general fact is what
makes human psychology advanced and potentially fulfilling. We should not oppose
the general cultural shaping of psychology as oppressive. We should oppose particular
cultural forms and content of psychology which are oppressive, and replace these with
other cultural forms and content that are fulfilling and enriching. Cultural formation
of psychology is not the problem; only the specific cultural formation of psychology
is the problem, and it can be corrected by devising other cultural forms of psychology,
not be repudiating all cultural formation of psychology.
Macro Cultural Psychology and Vygotsky’s Cultural-Historical Psychology 33
Independent traders are pre- occupied with ‘bourgeois [i.e., neoliberal] freedoms’ and per-
ceive trading as a means of seeking economic independence in the comfort of the home and
of asserting identity within the family.
in the physical design of his automobile assembly line.) This makes technology
relevant to cultural psychology. Focusing on purely technical aspects of technolo-
gy—e.g., eye movements, response time, and speed of data transmission—distracts
from its social-political-psychological character. (This is true for all kinds of techni-
cal preoccupation.) Because electronic, financial transactions are normative among
the populace, the neoliberal, social relations, meanings, emotions and self that Aiolon
identifies in these transactions are normative.
Ailon conducted ethnographical research to document these social-psychological
elements of the neoliberal financial instruments.
Trading teachers often underscore the point that there is no place for empathy in the market.
For example, ‘Pain for Them, Gain for Us’ is the title of an online video by trading teacher
Eitan Rotem who explains that traders can identify signs of the general public’s ‘pain’ of loss
on price charts, and that the ‘signal of pain can help us find stockpiles of profits in a systematic
way’. Another teacher said in a lecture, ‘You don’t come to the bourse in order to help the
world, but in order to make money! Do you agree?’ People in the audience answered: ‘Yes!’
And Meir Barak, the owner of trading schools, wrote in his book The Stock Whisperer that
after one of his lectures a young religious woman expressed discomfort with the notion of
short selling – a strategy wherein traders bet against the market, looking to profit from what
is perceived as ‘the mis- fortune of others’. ‘The market is not socialist’, Barak answered.
‘The market is not intended to help anyone and no short trader ever thinks about the good
of the public, only about his own good.’
Traders internalize these percepts in their own attitudes and actions. Even when
they express reluctance about the crude, self-centered, materialism of their partici-
pation, they continue to rationalize their participation in terms of neoliberal, market
forces, and social relations. The primary way to express economic responsibility to
oneself and family, and to avoid malicious others (leeches), is through market per-
formance. Indeed, aggressive egocentrism is continually encouraged by neoliberal
concepts/representations that social “others” are rapacious, blood-thirsty, uncaring,
aggressive devils whose competition requires renewed self-protection, self-concern,
self-reliance, social dis-trust, atomistic dissociation, and self-empowerment and self-
enrichment in order to prevent destruction by the social world.
This case study exemplifies the way in which neoliberal psychology (self, percep-
tion, cognition, emotion, motivation, imagination, attention) is stimulated, supported,
and organized, and encouraged by neoliberal, financial instruments that include trad-
ing teachers and writers, financial firms and institutions, governmental agencies. Eco-
nomic atomism is embedded in a complex sense-making process regarding social
and economic conditions.
Culturally organized tools organize psychological operations by stipulating
requirements, motives, procedures, and objectives, rewards, and punishments for
behavior. This association is known as activity theory (see Wertsch 1981, 1985a, b;
Ratner 1996, 1997b, 2018b). Cultural-psychological tools and activities are similar to
the mental equipment identified by the Annales historians of mentalities. They have
been variously termed “schemata” or “templates” or “collective representations”
which overlay and organize psychological functions such as perception, cognition,
emotion, desire, and sexuality. The classical sonata form exemplifies the manner in
Macro Cultural Psychology and Vygotsky’s Cultural-Historical Psychology 35
which cultural forms take up sensory (auditory) impressions and elevate them into
beautiful, sensitive music.
Cultural psychology is therefore essentially the study of cultural-psychological
tools which constitute cultural psychology. Cultural-psychological tools are the
explanatory constructs and the operating mechanisms of psychology, the psyche,
the mind. These replace conventional constructs and mechanisms such as neuro-
transmitters, genes, cortical localization, the id. Instead, psychological explanatory
constructs and operating mechanisms are news programs, advertising, religious dog-
mas, private equity companies, privatization, ideology, video games, tax policies, and
occupational structure. This is how psychology follows the principles and dynamics
of society, which Vygotsky emphasized.
Intra-personal or interpersonal psychological processes do not follow social prin-
ciples. They are incompatible with cultural psychology. They reduce the social envi-
ronment to a context, rather than the source, of psychology. Only when psychology
is reconceptualized and reconstituted as macro cultural material, can psychology be
truly cultural as Vygotsky desired (http://www.marxists.org/archive/leontev/works/
1977/leon1977.htm).
This means that we must understand cultural-psychological tools of neoliberal
society in order to comprehend neoliberal psychology.
From the descriptions and the examples of psychological tools, we can see that
they are mechanisms which organize psychology in particular forms and contents.
This makes psychological tools radically different from tool artifacts such as ham-
mers. These tools are means by which individuals realize their desires. We use a
hammer to make any size and shape object, or to break an object. The hammer does
not structure our product, it obeys our will. In contrast, psychological tools do impart
a structure to our psychology/behavior. Consequently, it is misleading to call them
tools; because that implies that they are voluntary means when they are imposed,
coercive structures on our acts.
(4) Culture theory; politics
Articulating the cultural constituents and consequences of psychology (e.g.,
neoliberal psychology) requires a sophisticated theory of what culture is, how it
is organized, and what its main determinations are. Failing to enumerate culture the-
ory leaves cultural psychology adrift from its moorings and prevents serious cultural
explanation and description of behavior.
Culture theory is necessary for avoiding empiricism, which is the mere description
of particular events. Understanding culture is not equivalent to simply noting various
events such as customs. We must comprehend how these customs are constructed and
organized, who leads this process, which interests the customs reflect, which interests
have been excluded—i.e., the power and politics of culture. This includes the class
structure into which customs are demographically distributed and differentiated.
Vygotsky articulated a theory of culture. I have depicted it as organized in the
form of a cone like Fig. 2.1.
This cultural model is a general model that has been developed in macro cul-
tural psychology (Ratner 2018a, b, c). It was formulated by Karl Marx under the
36 2 Macro Cultural Psychology
Ideology Arts
Psychology Language
Education
Political
Economy,
Classes,
State
basis of the economic necessity, which ultimately always asserts itself. The state, for
instance, exercises an influence by tariffs, free trade, good or bad fiscal system. So it
is not, as people try here and there conveniently to imagine, that the economic posi-
tion produces an automatic effect. Men make their history themselves, only in given
surroundings which condition it and on the basis of actual relations already existing,
among which the economic relations, however much they may be influenced by the
other political and ideological ones, are still ultimately the decisive ones, forming
the red thread which runs through them and alone leads to understanding (cited in
Ratner 2014). Foucault elegantly expressed the essence of this cultural model:
It seems to me that the real political task in a society such as ours is to criticize the workings
of institutions, which appear to be both neutral and independent; to criticize and attack them
in such a manner that the political violence which has always exercised itself obscurely
through them will be unmasked, so that one can fight against them.
This critique and this fight seem essential to me for different reasons: first, because political
power goes much deeper than one suspects; there are centers and invisible, little-known
points of support; its true resistance, its true solidity is perhaps where one doesn’t expect
it. Probably it’s insufficient to say that behind the governments, behind the apparatus of
the state, there is the dominant class; one must locate the point of activity, the places and
forms in which its domination is exercised. And because this domination is not simply
the expression in political terms of economic exploitation, it is its instrument and, to a
large extent, the condition which makes it possible; the suppression of the one is achieved
through the exhaustive discernment of the other. Well, if one fails to recognize these points
of support of class power, one risks allowing them to continue to exist; and to see this class
power reconstitute itself even after an apparent revolutionary process.
It is only too clear that we are living under a regime of a dictatorship of class, of a power
of class which imposes itself by violence, even when the instruments of this violence are
institutional and constitutional. (Chomsky-Foucault 2006, pp. 41, 39)
Foucault is arguing that the range of macro cultural factors is not neutral or
fragmented (independent); rather they are unified by political violence that works
through all of them. Political power does not simply reside in the state; is it deeper
and broader than that. All the macro cultural factors support it. And state power
emanates from the dominant social class. He says it does not only reside there. He
does not deny a ruling class dominates the government; he simply says there is more
to domination and exploitation than this. It is “insufficient.” In addition, the ruling
class exercises its domination in diverse places and forms, which are not simply
economic exploitation. These are diverse instruments of economic exploitation by
the dominant class and its political apparatus. They are points of support of class
power/state power. They must be uprooted, or else this class power will reconstitute
itself even after an apparent revolutionary process. This is a perfect description of
the conical cultural model of society.
Vygotsky used historical materialism as his cultural theory for all cultures and
psychological phenomena (see Ratner 2018b, c). In his book Educational Psychology
(1997, p. 348), Vygotsky said: “Pedagogics is never, and was never, politically indif-
ferent, since, willingly or unwillingly, through its own work on the psyche, it has
always adopted a particular social pattern, i.e., political line, in accordance with the
38 2 Macro Cultural Psychology
dominant social class that has guided its interests.” “The life of society does not
represent a single and uniform whole; society is subdivided into different classes”
(Vygotsky 1994a, p. 176).
The political economic core of society introduces important features such as the
mode of production, social classes, power and politics, oppression, alienation, mysti-
fication, ideology, commodification, dispossession, social emancipation, conscienti-
zation, class consciousness. These features add to, and concretize, the macro cultural
factors in the cultural system; they also explain the origin of these factors; they explain
their unity/congruence; and they explain why/how they should be improved and can
be improved.
Martin Luther King sensed the conical cultural model as the explanatory model of
racism. He recognized the dependence of racism on economic exploitation, materi-
alism, and militarism: “When machines and computers, profit motives and property
rights are considered more important than people, the giant triplets of racism, materi-
alism and militarism are incapable of being conquered” (speech at Riverside Church
in 1967). King also recognized the radical, emancipatory, political implications of
the conical cultural model: “You can’t talk about ending the slums without first say-
ing profit must be taken out of slums,” he warned in 1966. “You’re really tampering
and getting on dangerous ground because you are messing with folk then. You are
messing with captains of industry. Now this means that we are treading in difficult
water, because it really means that we are saying that something is wrong with capi-
talism. There must be a better distribution of wealth, and maybe America must move
toward a democratic socialism.”3
This conical model of culture maps perfectly onto neoliberalism. Neoliberalism
is fundamentally a political economic revolution which reorganizes all the social
domains (macro cultural factors) in its image.
Holborow (pp. 123, 105–106) explains how the neollberal university (and its
episteme) is grounded in neoliberal political economy (of the cultural cone) that is
promoted by the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development, which
promotes the capitalist political economy:
The entrepreneurial university should be seen as the condensation of class strategies related
to the imperatives of hegemony in a period of capitalist restructuring.
Based in Paris, but led from Washington, the OECD has established itself as an influen-
tial policy maker…In higher education, its role in implementing the [neoliberal] “reform
agenda” is pivotal…It demanded the universities needed to fully embrace the enterprise
agenda…OECD policy was that universities now needed to be steered by their governments
towards the commodification of knowledge or the packaging of knowledge to be sold on the
market and aligning the activities of universities directly towards the idea that government,
industry, and university should coalesce to drive the free market agenda in education…Its
outcome is to replicate one neoliberal-inspired education policy across its 34 member states
and its associate members (one of which is China). The policy is articulated with an extraor-
dinary lack of local variation…Completely disregarding local traditions and culture, the
neoliberal language of the OECD cemented a highly centralized and cohesive neoliberal
message. It made a unified linguistic neoliberalism a reality.
Holborow (2015, p. 122) explains how neoliberalism has created its semiotics or
vocabulary that reframes mundane events in commercial terms. Neoliberal linguis-
Macro Cultural Psychology and Vygotsky’s Cultural-Historical Psychology 39
Because psychology is culturally formed and functional for cultural factors, psycho-
logical phenomena are mapped onto, and isomorphic with, the cultural system of
macro cultural factors. That is the conical model of cultural psychology. It is the
model we shall use to explain, describe, and critique/transform neoliberal psychol-
ogy.
Bernstein’s work on sociolinguistics reveal that linguistic codes are political
because they are based in social class divisions. All psychological phenomena are
political. Their technical features contain political dimensions that serve political
purposes—such as social position in a social structure of work, economics, and
education.
40 2 Macro Cultural Psychology
Religion Family
Neoliberal
Ideology Self Arts
Psychology Language
Education
Political
Economy,
Classes,
State
Bernstein confirms Bourdieu’s (1991, pp. 66, 68) position that linguistic “utter-
ances are not only (save in exceptional circumstances) signs to be understood and
deciphered; they are also signs of wealth, intended to be evaluated and appreciated,
and signs of authority, intended to be believed and obeyed … It is rare in everyday life
for language to function as a pure instrument of communication [in]pursuit of max-
imum information efficiency …” Linguistic competence is more a socio-political
competence than a cognitive one. Focusing on the latter “can lead one to miss a
‘reality’ that lies in structures transcending the interaction which they inform.”
This isomorphism is depicted in Fig. 2.2.
Figure 2.2 shows a psychological phenomenon, the neoliberal self, as formed
within the conical cultural system. The phenomenon is impacted directly by the
political economy, and also by the political economy as it is mediated by the macro
cultural factors which it organizes.
Psychological anthropologist, Lutz (1988, pp, 5–6, 152) says
emotional meaning is fundamentally structured by particular cultural systems and particular
social and material environments…The concepts of emotion can more profitably be viewed
as serving complex communicative, moral, and cultural purposes rather than simply as labels
for internal states whose nature or essence is presumed to be universal…Emotion is culturally
defined, socially enacted, and personally articulated. Talk about emotions is simultaneously
talk about society – about power and politics, about kinship and marriage, about normality
Psychology and the Conical Cultural System 41
and deviance…A people’s most basic assumptions about the nature of the self can be seen
as the ideological products of particular social structures and political economies.
“Food and beverage industries spent $175 million between 2009-2011 to lobby against
tougher nutritional standards for food marketed to children to ensure that French fries remain
on the menu in public schools as part of the Nutrional School Lunch Program”
Various macro cultural factors within the neoliberal capitalist system contribute to
the consumption of junk food-neoliberalism. The family is one such cultural factor.
It has become fragmented under neoliberal economic and social pressures. “The
2009 American Community Survey of the U.S. Census reveals that less than 60%
of parents reported having dinner with their 12–17-year-old children daily during a
typical week” (Best 2017, p. 34). This opens the door, and the need, for children to
eat commercial, junk food.
This can be depicted in Fig. 2.2, with junk food being the behavior that replaces
the neoliberal self. The arrow from political economy represents the financial and
political efforts to encourage junk food; this is complemented by the right side of the
system which passes from political economy to family and then over to junk food.
Luria (1934, p. 255) took this perspective as the basis of his second expedition to
central Asia in 1932:
The fundamental aim was to study those peculiarities of the psyche which are the result
of various historical conditions and to trace out the fundamental laws of development of
psychological processes. In this respect, central Asia is of exceptional interest on account
of the residuals of primitive economic conditions which are now undergoing tremendous
industrial, political, and cultural transformation. This change gives opportunity for studying
not only the peculiarities of psychological processes under various conditions, but, what is
more important, the very dynamics of the transition from the more elementary psychological
laws to the more complex processes.
The aim was in pointing out those changes which thinking undergoes in social and cultural
transformation connected with socialistic growth.
With the change of economic conditions, situational thinking very quickly becomes changed,
giving place to other more complex forms of thought. It was the aim of the second expedition
to study in more detail the characteristics of the structure of the ‘situational’ thinking and
its various functions as well as to study those paths along which the transformation of
the situational thinking takes place by the development of thought into concepts under the
influence of such new molding forces as collectivization, cultural development, literature,
etc. (my emphasis)
These are powerful statements. They say that psychological phenomena are not
governed by natural mechanisms/laws, or personal processes; but rather by principles
of historical materialism that govern political-economic phenomena. The reason that
psychology follows political-economic-sociological laws and dynamics is because
psychology is constituted by macro cultural factors. As Marx and Engels (1964,
p. 32) explained, “What individuals are coincides with their production, both with
what they produce and with how they produce. The nature of individuals thus depends
on the material conditions determining their production.”
Psychology follows the laws of society because psychology is an element of
material production and its macro cultural factors. On its own, individual subjectiv-
ity is not historical materialist. It only becomes so when it participates in cultural
activities—i.e., when it operates within social institutions that are grounded in the
Psychology and the Conical Cultural System 43
political-economic system; or when it must gain financial support from the banking
industry; or when it must purchase materials and offices on the economic market,
or sell products on the commodity market which is affected by global production
and consumption. Only when activity is swept into cultural systems and factors and
dynamics does it fit into historical materialist processes and become truly cultural
and culture-centric.
Bourdieu described the political-economic core of society in his volume, On The
State (2014) where he described the state as not only the seat of political power,
but also as a concentration of symbolic resources which the society utilizes. “The
state is defined by possession of the monopoly of legitimate physical and symbolic
violence” “The state is the principle of the organization of consent as adhesion to the
social order.” “The state is the foundation of both the logical and moral conformity
of the social world. Logical conformity, in Durkheim’s sense, consists in the fact
that the agents of the social world have the same logical perceptions … the same
categories of thought, of perception, of construction of reality” (ibid. p. 4). Bourdieu
endorses the Marxist view of the state: “the state is not an apparatus oriented to the
common good, it is an apparatus of constraint, of maintenance of public order but to
the benefit of the dominant … It fulfills, as I see it, certain of the functions that the
Marxist tradition ascribes to it” (ibid. pp. 5–6).
Bourdieu presents an important example of how psychology is rooted in culture
which is rooted in the political-economy and State.
Our perception of temporality is organized as a function of the structures of public time
[the calendar]. Here is a fine example of the public at the very heart of the private: at the
very heart of our memory, we find the state, the civic festivals, secular or religious, and we
find different categories of specific calendars, the school calendar or the religious calendar.
…All this is completely bound up with the state. Revolutions revise the official calendars
– ‘official’ meaning [that is] universal within the limits of a definite society…We can have
private calendars, but these are themselves situated in relation to the universal calendars; they
are notches in the intervals market by the universal calendar, within the limits of a society.
(ibid. p. 7, my emphasis)
Informal Behavior
Leontiev (1978) explained: “Despite all its diversity, all its special features, the
activity [Tatigkeit] of the human individual is a system that obeys the system of
relations of society.”
This means that even behavior that occurs outside structured macro cultural factors
conforms to norms that occur within them. The reason is that cultural psychology
which derives from macro cultural factors is the subjectivity that individuals enact
in informal, unstructured settings.
This is exemplified by the way that school children racially segregate themselves
in school cafeterias during lunch. A vast literature exists on this topic because during
44 2 Macro Cultural Psychology
lunch the students are not mandated by school authorities about where to sit. Yet,
given a “free choice,” students overwhelmingly socialize with same-race, same-class
others. (Sociologists call this “homogamy.”) A representative book on this is Why
Are All the Black Kids Sitting Together in the Cafeteria? This demonstrates that
class and racial factors have been internalized into individual psyches, and guide
individual choices. Best (2017, pp. 92, 96) found this in her ethnography of school
children’s eating habits:
Since academic spaces are stratified by race and class, we can also expect a stratified arrange-
ment in other school settings, such as the cafeteria. Given that friendship groups are formed
with classmates, a majority of school-aged kids will form friendships with kids in the same
academic track. If a school has academic tracks sorted by race and class, then we can also
expect other school spaces to be sorted by the same logic. It is in this context that the interac-
tional and cognitive processes through which symbolic distinctions, often called “boundary
work,” create “traditional islands of group identity. Spatial boundaries, stylistic boundaries,
and interactional boundaries were easy to see at Thurgood high school – which enrolls 2200
students, 43% black, 27% Hispanic, 21% white, and 7% Asian/Pacific and American Indian.
Thurgood students…often have limited contact with each other across racial groups. (see
also Bettie, 2003)
Best identifies a class and racial, structural logic (telos) that runs throughout the
school activities, from classroom to sports to cognitions to styles (in clothes and
music and food) to identity, and choices in the cafeteria and personal interactions.
This makes macro cultural psychology a coherent, comprehensive psychology
that is inescapable. The only way to change it is by changing its macro cultural basis
in the political economic, cultural system of macro cultural factors.
(5) Emancipation
Vygotsky’s consuming interest in cultural-historical psychology was both scien-
tific and political-emancipatory. He believed that a thorough, cultural understanding
of psychology would reveal a good deal about society’s structure and principles,
including their costs and benefits. This would lead to deep social critiques and reor-
ganization. It would contribute to social emancipation and psychological fulfillment.
Vygotsky utilized the conical, Marxist, historical-materialist structure of society
to explain the deep social transformation of the political economic class structure
that is necessary to improve the educational macro cultural factor. “the source of
the degradation of the personality in the capitalist form of manufacturing … cannot
be resolved without the destruction of the capitalist system organization of industry
… by the socialist revolution … Alongside this process, a change in the human
personality and an alteration of man himself must inevitably take place” (Vygotsky
1994a, pp. 180–181). This is the political emancipation that is called for and guided
by historical materialism and cultural historical psychology.
Informal Behavior 45
Macro cultural psychology will be our theoretical and methodological guide for
explaining, describing, predicting, and critiquing/transforming neoliberal psychol-
ogy and neoliberal society. Macro cultural psychology will explain the origins of
neoliberal psychology as well as its form and content, its operating mechanisms,
its dynamics and contradictions, its function and the possibilities of overcoming
its debilities. Reciprocally, neoliberal psychology extends macro cultural psychol-
ogy theory and methodology to encompass its distinctive features. Macro cultural
psychology becomes more sophisticated, nuanced, and complete as a result.
Macro cultural psychology directs us to approach neoliberal psychology according
to the following (descriptive and explanatory) principles:
(1) Neoliberal psychology is rooted in the macro cultural system of neoliberalism.
This is what makes it neoliberal psychology. Its features consist of neolib-
eral form and content. They are organized by neoliberal macro cultural factors.
Neoliberal psychology is not simply a particular combination and degree of nat-
ural, universal psychological processes that are stimulated by neoliberal cultural
factors—e.g., attention, reaction-time, episodic memory, frustration-aggression,
fight or flight, attachment, anxiety, depression, conformity, religiosity, neuroti-
cism, etc. Neoliberal psychology is only explainable in cultural terms of neolib-
eral macro cultural factors that comprise its form and content. The task of macro
cultural psychology is to elucidate the specific macro cultural origins, features,
and function of particular psychological phenomena.
We follow Vygotsky’s conception of psychological tools, and Foucault’s con-
ception of techniques of subjectivation, which utilize macro cultural factors as the
tools and techniques that construct psychological phenomena. They bring culture
directly into psychology as its constituents, determinations, operating mechanisms.
Recall Vygotsky’s detailed statement, that meanings are culturally constructed and
objectified in cultural factors such as signs and words, which bring cultural meanings
into the individual psyche to form and complete psychological processes. Vygotsky
concretized this point in his statement about class organizing psychology: “Social
stimuli that have been established in the course of historical development … are
permeated through and through with the class structure of society that generated
them and serve as the class organization of production. They are responsible for all
of human behavior, and in this sense we are justified in speaking of man’s class
behavior” (Vygotsky 1997b, pp. 55, 56, 348, 211–212). Social stimuli bear the class
structure and transmit it to behavior. Social stimuli are not individual, personal,
subjective constructs.
This is what we will study with regard to neoliberal psychology.
(2) Macro cultural psychology directs us to thoroughly comprehend concrete,
neoliberal society in order to understand neoliberal psychology. We will
search to recognize “a commodified self,” or “commodified body,” or “the
entrepreneurial self.” We will not stop at abstractions such as “high self-esteem”
46 2 Macro Cultural Psychology
that is devoid of concrete, neoliberal, cultural content. We will search for neolib-
eral, “cognitive capital,” or “commodity signs,” or the “ideological codes that
inform an advertising message,” or “the consuming of signs” (Goldman 1992).
We will not rest with abstractions such as “sign-signifier relation,” “degree of
attention,” or “attentional shifts.”
(3) Neoliberal society/culture will be construed in the pattern of the conical cultural
model. Its political economy will be emphasized as the core of the social system
which permeates and organizes the other macro cultural factors. Exploration of
these factors emphasizes their core political economic basis and function (role),
as well as their distinctive features and forms which modulate (mediate) their
political economic features. All macro cultural factors are neoliberal because
they possess capitalist form, class structural demographics, and ideological con-
tent.
(4) Psychological phenomena are cultivated in each macro cultural factor. This
means that they bear the complex of features described in the previous point. This
is what constitutes neoliberal psychology. Neoliberal psychology may be said
to map onto the neoliberal cultural system’s conical shape. We shall discuss four
psychological phenomena from this perspective: the ideological, entrepreneurial
self; the emotional reaction to the personal space of the self; the class structure
of selected psychological phenomena; and the neoliberal form of sexuality.
(5) Interventions to enrich psychological phenomena call for Improvements in the
social system as the primary means of improving psychology. Since culture is
the basis of psychology, cultural change is the basis of psychological change.
Less-cultural conceptions of psychology lead to less-cultural changes to improve
psychology.
(6) The discipline of Psychology (academic, therapeutic) will be conceptualized
as reflecting neoliberal culture. The theories, methodologies, and therapeutics
of Psychology will be recognized as neoliberal Psychology. Neoliberal Psy-
chology will be construed as a macro cultural factor akin to other institutions
and concepts. It will have a political-economic basis, features, and function.
It will cultivate psychological phenomena in accordance with its cultural posi-
tion and function in neoliberal society—as all macro cultural factors generate
psychology.
Informal Behavior 47
Notes
1. This is the advance that Darwin’s theory of natural selection brought to biol-
ogy. Natural selection brought empirical cases to life, made them intelligible
and sensible, infused them with meaning, logic/telos, and predictability. Theory
guides us in our encounters with novel data, for where to look to describe the
data most accurately, and where to look to discover explanatory factors. Natural
selection guides us to look at ecological conditions, resources, opportunities, and
constraints for the reasons of an organism’s bio-anatomy. Natural selection also
drove science to discover the nature and causes of individual differences in diverse
environments. That science became genetics. We need a cultural-psychological
theory to accomplish these same purposes in understanding neoliberal psychol-
ogy.
2. It is important to emphasize that commodified personalities internalize and then
externalize commodified psychology to their social contacts. Commodified per-
sonalities extend commodification to others; they are agents of commodification,
not simply recipients of it.
For example, as women present themselves as commodities, commodified by
cosmetics to be superficially and physically alluring on the social marketplace,
they entice men to treat them as alluring commodities. This draws men into the
commodity cycle. Ordinary women are not selling products to men, they are
selling their commoditized selves and bodies to men. And in so doing, they are
inducing men to desire commoditized selves and bodies in their partners. Women
are inducing men to acquire commodified desires and perceptions and thoughts
and imaginations and motivation, just as all advertising inducing consumers to
acquire commodified tastes in order to desire commoditized products.
Of course, women are not acting on their own; they are part of the commodity
production system that works on commodifying men in other ways. However,
women cannot deny their own complicity in the commodifying system. They are
commodifiers just as much as they are commodified. To blame men alone for
objectifying and commodifying women is to neglect the full social genealogy of
these acts.
3. This anti-capitalist speech was a microcosm of politics in America. It was
denounced by the mainstream media—including the New York Times—as well
as King’s black allies and followers, and even his personal staff. The NAACP
and Southern Christian Leadership Conference all rejected his broadening of
Civil Rights to include a critique of capitalism. This confirms King’s insight
that anti-capitalism is dangerous to the status quo—including black citizens and
social activists—because it challenges the core of capitalist society. In contrast,
the politics of Civil Rights are acceptable to the status quo because they do not
link with the capitalist political economy which causes racism and myriad other
social problems. This is why radical elements of the civil rights movement have
been exorcised from it (Theoharis 2018).
Part II
Neoliberal Capitalism: The Source of
Neoliberal Psychology
Chapter 3
The Neoliberal Political Economy
This chapter and Chaps. 4 and 5 are elucidate key macro cultural elements of neolib-
eral society. These are the political economy, the educational institution, and ideology.
These are powerful cornerstones of neoliberal society. They are also powerful tools
that form neoliberal psychology. They are essential cultural factors for explaining,
describing, and predicting neoliberal psychological phenomena.
These three elements of neoliberalism reveal the character of neoliberalism, its
ethos, as well as its telos, its logic, its operations, its structure, its conditions, its
contradictions and dynamics, its objectives and requirements, its social relations, its
ownership of resources, its power and politics, its effects on social life and on psychol-
ogy. These neoliberal elements direct our attention for where to explain neoliberal
psychology, how to describe it, how to predict it, how to form and reform it.
The neoliberal transformation resolved the economic crisis of the 1970s from the viewpoint
of capital, as profits began to rise again. That transformation freed the banks from state
regulation, setting off the process of financialization. It rewrote the rules of the global system,
promoting an increasingly globally integrated world economy.
Every form of capitalism eventually enters a phase of structural crisis, and in 2008 the
superficial stability of neoliberal capitalism gave way to severe economic and financial
crisis.
Neoliberal capitalism gave rise to some 25 years of relatively stable economic conditions
after 1980, although economic growth was slower than it had been in the preceding period.
Capitalists became much richer, but the promised benefits for the majority never emerged.
After 1980, working people’s wages and job conditions steadily worsened through 2007.
However, as long as the economy expanded at a reasonable rate, it was difficult to chal-
lenge neoliberalism. Every form of capitalism eventually enters a phase of structural crisis,
and in 2008 the superficial stability of neoliberal capitalism gave way to severe economic
and financial crisis, followed by stagnation (http://www.truth-out.org/opinion/item/41458-
is-capitalism-in-crisis-latest-trends-of-a-system-run-amok).
Volscho (2017, p. 249) articulates this explanation of neoliberalism: “In the 1970s,
US capitalism suffered a legitimacy crisis as the economy was mired in high inflation,
unemployment, and slower growth. The rate of profit had been decreasing since the
late 1960s and by the mid-1970s Wall Street was in poor shape. Capitalists politically
mobilized in the 1970s to restore the rate of profit and to restore power to economic
elites.” This is the essence of neoliberal capitalism in Western countries. It is the
succinct explanation and definition of Western neoliberalism.
Origins of the Neoliberal Movement 53
What likely troubled the capitalist class most, was the fall in the rate of profit after 1966.
Thus, not only were events of civil disorder and other uprisings all around, but the rate of
profit began a decline during this time. In the first quarter of 1966 the pre-tax rate of profit (for
the non-financial sector) peaked at 20.4% and fell to about 15% by the third quarter of 1970.
The 1960s was a time of mostly increasing profit rates. By 1963, the after-tax rate of profit
was above 7% and continued to grow until 1965–1966 peaking at 9.2% in the first quarter of
1966. The fall to 5.5% in 1970 and the low point of 4.4% in 1974 signaled a great crisis for
capitalism as the rate of profit was halved from its postwar peak. Outside of falling rates of
profit, capitalists’ other greatest fear was the rise of government regulatory power (and likely
the protest wave). Consider the 1971 memo written by corporate lawyer, corporate board
member, and future Supreme Court Justice Lewis F. Powell Jr to the then director of the US
Chamber of Commerce: “No thoughtful person can question that the American economic
system is under broad attack …We are not dealing with sporadic or isolated attacks from a
relatively few extremists or even from the minority socialist cadre. Rather the assault on the
enterprise system is broadly based and consistently pursued …The most disquieting voices
joining the chorus of the criticism come from perfectly respectable elements of society: from
the college campus, the pulpit, the media, the intellectual and literary journals, the arts and
sciences, and from politicians… American business is ‘plainly in trouble’; the response to
the wide range of critics has been ineffective, and has included appeasement: the time has
come – indeed, it is long overdue – for the wisdom, ingenuity, and resources of American
business to be marshaled against those who would destroy it… There should be no hesitation
to attack the Naders, the Marcuses and others who openly seek destruction of the system.
There should not be the slightest hesitation to press vigorously in all political arenas for
support of the enterprise system. Nor should there be reluctance to penalize politically those
who oppose it.
The capitalist class mobilized politically in the 1970s. The laws regulating corporate political
donations were changed in the mid-1970s. In 1974, amendments to the Federal Election
Campaign Act allowed business and corporations to donate vast sums to federal candidates
(ibid. pp. 249-257; see also Kliman 2012).
Intensifying capitalist social relations (including the capitalist class structure), and
extending them to social domains (and foreign countries). has involved three maneu-
vers.
(1) Intensifying and extending the capitalist form of macro cultural factors.
(2) Intensifying and extending the class structure.
(3) Intensifying and extending the ideological obfuscation of capitalist destructive-
ness.
Neoliberal Political-Economic Cornerstones and Strategies 55
They are interdependent and blend into each other. The class structure is a demog-
raphy of qualitatively different kinds/forms of competencies. They reflect differ-
ent positions, obligations, rights, affordances, constraints, and opportunities in the
neoliberal political economy forms of capital. And, ideology is always present to
mystify the demographics of these different competencies. However, it is useful
to conceptually highlight the particular features of these neoliberal cornerstones.
Chapter three will illustrate the effects these three neoliberal cornerstones have on
psychology.
(1) Intensifying and extending the capitalist form of macro cultural factors. The
capitalist form consists of:
(a) capitalist ownership/control for profit
(b) profit comes from converting and expanding the form of social activities and
social products into commodities that are bought and sold on the capitalist
market economy
(c) commodities which are produced by the capitalist form of labor that Marx
called “productive labor”.
Because neoliberalism is the intensification and expansion of capitalism’s essen-
tial principles, which were most thoroughly and critically explained by Marx, it is
necessary to utilize his analyses to comprehend neoliberalism. Indeed, neoliberalism
is the consummate confirmation of Marx’s analysis—which is the primary reason
neoliberals eschew it!
Marx identified labor as the basis of human life and society. Therefore, capitalism
is essentially a form of labor, a mode of production. This is the key to comprehending
it. “The entire so-called history of the world is nothing but the creation of man through
human labor.” “The mode of production must not be considered simply as being the
reproduction of the physical existence of the individuals. Rather, it is a definite form
of activity of these individuals, a definite form of expressing their life, a definite
mode of life. What they are, therefore, coincides with their production, both with
what they produce and with how they produce.”
Marx explains the distinctive capitalist form of labor in The Process of Production
of Capital, Draft Chapter 6 of Capital (1864) (https://www.marxists.org/archive/
marx/works/1864/economic/index.htm). (This chapter was a lost manuscript for
many years and was not included in the original Marx works.)
“The same kind of labour (e.g. gardening, tailoring, etc.) can be performed by
the same working man in the service of an industrial capitalist, or of the immediate
consumer. In both cases the worker is a wage labourer or a day labourer, but in the
first case he is a productive worker, in the second an unproductive one, because in the
first case he produces capital, in the second case he does not; because in the first case
his labour forms a moment in capital’s process of self-valorisation, in the second case
it does not.” “A schoolmaster who educates others is not a productive worker. But a
schoolmaster who is engaged as a wage labourer in an institution along with others, in
order through his labour to valorise the money of the entrepreneur of the knowledge-
56 3 The Neoliberal Political Economy
ticket sales. This is why schools value sports and coaches over brilliant professors,
whose publications do not generate profit for the school (or the professors).1
Commodification of activities and social relations not only generates capitalist
surplus value that enriches and empowers the capitalist owners; it also creates a cap-
italist ethos, and a capitalist habitus in participants that accepts and craves commod-
ification and privatization throughout society, rather than opposing it. The populace
sees commodification as the only game in town, the end of history; this makes them
support it when capitalists intensify and extend it.
The neoliberal habitus is intensified by commoditizing the self and the body. This
occurs by defining oneself and one’s body in terms of consumer products. These
become the accepted, psychological tools of the self and the body. A woman is mod-
ern or fashionable or attractive or feminine because of the commodities she displays.
The attributes of the commodity are taken as her own. She consumes femininity,
attractiveness, pleasantness, studiousness, and even trustworthiness, by purchasing
appropriate products which encompass her within themselves to bestow their quali-
ties on her.
This is cultural capital. It is cultural competencies—including physical beauty,
style, taste, perception, emotionality, skills, language, and identity—that are com-
moditized in the sense of taking the form of capitalist commodities. Cultural capital
is a psychological tool that is informed by capitalist assumptions and values which
it transmits to concrete cultural psychology, e.g., neoliberal psychology. Cultural
capital is not a neutral resource to accomplish one’s desires (Ratner 2018a).
Because profit is the key to capitalism and neoliberal capitalism, we must explain
how it comes about. Marx discovered that capital, or profit, is generated by wage
labor that is purchased by the capitalist. Capitalist wage labor requires the worker to
produce more value than the value of his wage. This excess value is surplus value.
It is unpaid labor, or free labor, that is expropriated by the capitalist as profit. Thus,
productive labor is defined by the capitalist as unpaid labor performed by the worker,
that is expropriated by the capitalist for free, without working for it. Thus, free profit
for the capitalist defines productive labor, while labor that is paid for by consumers
is construed as unproductive.
Profit is maximized by converting more domains of social production into cap-
italist, wage labor, enterprises. Education, medicine, scientific research, news and
entertainment, social media (Facebook), religion, art, etc. all become transformed
into capitalist form. Commodification becomes universal. This is both the intensifi-
cation and the extension of the capitalist, commodity form of activities and things.
Marx explained it as follows:
it is only on the basis of capitalist production that the commodity becomes the general form of
the product, that every product must take on the commodity form, that sale and purchase seize
control not only of the surplus of production but of its very substance, and that the various
conditions of production themselves emerge in their totality as commodities which go into
the production process from circulation. Hence the commodity is the universal elementary
form of the product. At earlier stages of production, products assume the commodity form in
part. Capital, in contrast, necessarily produces its product as a commodity.
58 3 The Neoliberal Political Economy
Only when the working population has entered the market as a producer of commodities,
selling its labour itself — or more precisely its labour capacity — instead of the product of its
labour, does production become the production of commodities to its complete extent, over
the whole of its length and breadth. Only then are all products converted into commodities,
and only then do the objective conditions of each individual sphere of production enter into
production as commodities themselves. Only on the basis of capitalist production does the
commodity in fact become the universal elementary form of wealth. (https://www.marxists.
org/archive/marx/works/1864/economic/ch01.htm; p. 441).
Because commodities are produced by labor, the capitalist form of labor trans-
forms the character of commodities from previous economies devoid of surplus
value. “The capitalist production process is not merely a process of the production
of commodities. It is a process which absorbs unpaid labour, making the means of
production into means for the absorption of unpaid labour” (ibid. p. 483, my empha-
sis). “Capitalist production annihilates the [original] basis of commodity production,
isolated, independent production and exchange between the owners of commodities,
or the exchange of equivalents” (ibid.). “The [capitalist] commodity appears as essen-
tially the product and result of the capitalist production process.” Capitalist commodi-
ties have a capitalist form that involves exploitation, surplus profit, the dominance
of exchange value over use value, monetary greed, competition for market share
and more wealth. “Commodities are now the repositories of capital; they are capital
itself, valorised, pregnant with surplus value” (ibid. p. 458). “It is only on the basis of
capitalist production, hence also of the capitalist division of labour within the work-
shop, that all products necessarily assume the commodity form, and all producers
are therefore necessarily commodity producers (ibid)”.
“Here, it is apparent how even economic categories which belong to earlier epochs
of production take on a specifically different, historical, character on the basis of the
capitalist mode of production” (https://www.marxists.org/archive/marx/works/1864/
economic/ch01.htm, my emphasis).
When neoliberalism is described as commodification or market exchange, it fails
to include the specific kind of commodification that capitalism desires, namely com-
modification that generates unpaid profit. Failing to make this distinction creates the
illusion that capitalism is a kind of simple commodity production and exchange, like
a farmer’s market: “it gives the apologists [of capitalism] an opportunity to convert
the productive worker, because he is a wage labourer, into a worker who merely
exchanges his services (i.e. his labour as a use value) for money. This makes it easy
to pass over in silence the differentia specifica of this ‘productive worker’, and of
capitalist production—as the production of surplus value, as the process of the self-
valorisation of capital, which incorporates living labour as merely its AGENCY. A
soldier is a wage labourer, a mercenary, but he is not for that reason a productive
worker” [who produces surplus value] (ibid. p. 482).
This ontogeny of the capitalist form of artifacts, humans, labor, institutions, con-
cepts, and natural resources, means that exploitation is built into them. They are
political in this sense of embodying their capitalist ontogeny. This must be reflected
in semiotic terms that denote commodification.
Neoliberal Political-Economic Cornerstones and Strategies 59
tion), and capitalist ideology. Any objective, valid, analysis of neoliberalism must
emphasize these three categories. They comprise the cornerstones of the material in
this book regarding neoliberal macro cultural factors and psychology.
The neoliberal capitalist form of macro cultural factors will be described with
examples concerning sports, government, labor, and economic policies/trends. The
neoliberal class structure will also be described through economic policies/trends,
as well as through the education system that is firmly structured into class divisions.
Ideology will be described in terms of political-economic concepts, and also in terms
of psychiatric constructs.
To explain, describe, and predict neoliberal psychology, it is necessary to explain,
describe, and predict the social relations of neoliberal capitalism. That is, how does
neoliberalism work, what are its principles and objectives, what is its structure, how
does it treat its people, what requirements and opportunities does it offer its people,
what kind of people does neoliberalism seek to cultivate, what is its ethos? It is evident
that neoliberal capitalism is a rapacious system that lives off social and economic
oppression, alienation, and mystification of the populace, as well as exploitation of
the natural environment. This is reflected in neoliberal psychology.
was that the team must win the Olympics or else a new owner would be responsible
for the failure. Soccer is the most privatized, and basketball is catching up now.
Perhaps the most dramatic case is the Guangzhou soccer team. It was sold to a
consortium of capitalists that included Alibaba and HengDa real estate company.
They paid 100,000,000 Yuan. The capitalists “improved” the team by using their
immense wealth to pay high salaries to good foreign and Chinese players to play for
Guangzhou-HengDa. For instance, the team captain in 2007 was paid about 200,000
Yuan annually, which was raised to 12,000,000 Euros (93,179,561 Yuan) in 2009
under neoliberal reorganization. This is the same salary as top European players
receive. It also hired 22 foreign coaches.
This dynamic is leading to the destruction of the sports organization in China.
For Guangzhou-HengDa is cannibalizing the best players from all the other Chinese
teams. This immediately catapults it to the best team. It has recently won the Asia
cup for soccer—simply because of its monetary wealth. Even more significantly, it
forces all the other teams to privatize in order to obtain capital to attract top players
and coaches. So, one privatization forces general privatization. The entire former
system is destroyed by a single privatization.
Athletes now play for capitalist teams and capitalist owners, and for high salaries.
They do not play for local social entities that they belong to and represent. Neoliberal
commodification of athletes also replaces the social relationships of long-term train-
ing with immediate buying of accomplished athletes who require little training. This
guarantees immediate success (return on investment) compared to the unpredictable
success and expense of long-term training of novice athletes. Glory now accrues to
the capitalist owners for organizing the team. It does not accrue to a social body such
as a province, with all its citizens and representatives.
Capitalists attempt to conflate their self-interest with the social body. As in the
USA, capitalist teams pretend to be teams of and for a city. They encourage citizens
to transfer their social identity with the social body to the capitalist team which has
no organic connection to the community. The bureaucrat in charge of Guangdong
sports told my economist informants that the HengDa team kept the Gugngzhou name
as its own precisely as a brand name that would attract community identification.
People fall for this ruse; they embrace this alien, exploitive, business venture as
their own. “WE are going to be good this year,” people say about “their” team;
which is not theirs and does not include or represent them in any way. This is false
consciousness. For the people of the social body have zero control over the capitalist
business. Capitalists make all the decisions about the team, which players it recruits,
how much it pays them, etc. Capitalist owners get local governments to join their
pretense of community by arranging for local governments to sponsor community
parades after championships that are won by capitalist teams.
This pretense is dissolved whenever the capitalist owners find more lucrative sites
for the teams, and they summarily move them. There is some pseudo expression of
remorse and love and gratitude for the previous social body (“the great fans of New
York”), but the surplus value is all that really matters.
Guangzhou-HengDa purchased a large piece of land on which it has erected a
stadium and also training facilities. It also constructed a school that includes athletic
62 3 The Neoliberal Political Economy
training along with academics. This is a private high school with incomparable wealth
and resources. The tuition is high, which means that poor people are excluded from
both the athletic and academic resources that wealthy students can attend. This is
creating a class structure in athletics and academics.
The high school recruited a former government official as its head. And it canni-
balized excellent academic teachers from Renmin University’s affiliated high school
in Peking. These teachers now work in the private high school for incomparable
salaries. This depletes the talent pool of teachers at public schools such as Renmin
University’s.
Finally, Guangzhou-HengDa raised its ticket prices in order to increase its profit
and pay for its lavish activities. The cheapest ticket is 600 Yuan, while the most expen-
sive is 39,000 Yuan for private boxes in the stadium. This makes attending games
unaffordable for most people; and this creates a class structure in the attendance as
well as in all other aspects of the privatized sports and education.
Sports privatization also depletes military teams which are among the best in
China. The military has its own basketball and soccer teams which recruit athletes in
their early teens. Privatization wrecks all this because skilled athletes will prefer the
fabulous wages and training resources of capitalist teams over the military. Military
teams will be reduced to dust, just as the provincial teams are. Fans will lose interest.
Military teams may be disbanded just as provincial teams are. This process is already
in full swing. The Chinese military soccer team is named Ba Yi (August First, which
is a general term that refers to Chinese military). It is composed of soldiers and cannot
pay foreigners because it is a military team. It has traditionally been among the best
of Chinese soccer teams. However, it cannot compete with the corporate teams that
recruit top foreign players at exorbitant players. Consequently, Ba Yi is currently the
worst of Chinese soccer teams. And it is currently being sold to private companies.
So, the flagship Chinese icon has been reduced to a private commodity.
The privatized, capitalist teams are financially inefficient. They lose money! They
are subsidized by the external businesses of the capitalist firms. Hengda has enormous
wealth from real estate which is what subsidizes its soccer team’s enormous expenses.
It’s soccer team is no more financially efficient (leaner) than any State team.
Chinese neoliberal sports limit ordinary peoples’ attendance in accordance with
their wealth that can purchase certain priced tickets. Attendance is thus commodified
and made into a function of money.
Neoliberalized sports in China also removes sports from government adminis-
tration; and since government is the vehicle by which people potentially have input
into relevant policies, this policy reduces peoples’ input into policy, and reduces
democracy. People have no input into corporate athletics.
This vignette of neoliberal sports in China illuminates how neoliberalism is a
sociological remaking/restructuring of social relations—from the top down, political
economy (i.e., initiated by the Chinese Communist Party). Neoliberalism creates
capital, capitalism, and capitalists. It creates kinds of social relations which did not
formerly exist (sports, public utilities, education, national security, science), and it
invigorates them where they were languishing or stagnating. Neoliberalism converts
the form of social activity—and society—into a capitalist/commodity form. It is
Intensifying and Extending the Capitalist Form … 63
not a simple, neutral technical device for increasing efficiency in production and
distribution.
Chinese sports now has a different form from when it was a public institution.
This new social form is what makes neoliberalism relevant to psychology. Ath-
letes, coaches, managers, and spectators now have different motives, objectives,
and standards of success and happiness. Neoliberalization displaces the community
character of sports—with athletes from the local area, known to the local populace,
and employed by the local public (government) at a community-based wage, which
invites community identification with its team, and invites community attendance at
an affordable event. Neoliiberalism converts athletes into commodified, individual,
superstars on the world labor market of athletes who compete to sell their labor for
the highest, exorbitant price to a private, capitalist firm whose primary interest is to
make a profit from them for itself.
Neoliberal sports, which operate according to commercial interests rather than
communities of people, then have to be sold to the people as if they were genuine
community in order to attract their identification with it, attendance, and sales of
paraphernalia.
This cognitive shift reconfigures emotional attachment/identification to encom-
pass corporations-cum-community. People love corporations (e.g., sports teams) as
they love their towns. Corporations are loved because they have become cognitively
included in the category of phenomena that are love-able. (Just as unhealthy, junk
food is desired and consumed because it is cognitively accepted as “food.”)
If a team were defined, and constituted, by its players’ own diligent efforts at self-
improvement over time in the community that nurtured them, then people would only
feel pride in their team if these conditions had been met. They would not feel pride
in their team if these conditions had not been met, and if its players were purchased
on the market. This is an important example of how psychology is organized by
cultural-economic-political forms of social life.3
Private equity firms provide deeper insight into the neoliberal capitalist form of
business. Private equity firms have shifted the business orientation away from pro-
ducing socially useful products, toward stark profitability for investors, regardless of
social usefulness of the product: “The shareholder-value model of business organi-
zation and management emerged and prospered during the 1970s and 1980s owing
to transformative changes in the governance of the American corporation. Declines
in financial and labor market regulations created a new regulatory regime. Private
equity’s business model represents an extreme form of the shareholder value model
of the firm, substantially different from the business model of public corporations”
(Appelbaum and Batt 2014, pp. 28, 12, 39). This shareholder model converts the
enterprise itself into a commodity to be bought and sold at a profit. It is not simply
that enterprises produce more commodity products, rather, enterprises have become
64 3 The Neoliberal Political Economy
Executives at the company, meanwhile, have reaped the profits. They have pur-
chased expensive real estate in New York and Florida. The papers that Alden bought
were profitable. However, Alden set extravagant profit targets, which, when coupled
with the debt that these papers have been saddled with, forced massive shrinkage
of operations (expenses), which destroyed these businesses—so its capitalist owners
could buy houses in the Hamptons—not invigorate the economy and society.
Private equity firms lead the social destruction of business itself! They decimate
the very competencies and benefits that business is supposed to produce. They tear
apart well-functioning businesses and profit off their destruction. This is an incredible
social phenomenon whereby the dominant, respected, rewarded, business model
destroys/cannibalizes business and all the people and resources that are associated
with business. Neoliberal, private equity firms are more of a danger to capitalism
than any external threat is.
Neoliberalism is an anti-cultural culture. It is an organized culture that is destroy-
ing organized, functioning culture. This has momentous social and psychological
consequences.
Neoliberal Governments
avoid the most egregious capitalist corruption. “British Parliament’s spending watch-
dog agency, the National Audit Office, found that privately financing public projects
costs as much as 40% more than projects relying solely on government money”
(Dolack 2018). “For example, water prices in Paris doubled over 25 years before
the city took back its water system, saving e35 million in the first year and cut-
ting rates. The German city of Bergkamen reduced costs by as much as 30% after
returning its basic utilities to the public sector” (ibid). This, of course, is the real
objective of neoliberal governance—namely, the upward redistribution of wealth,
not real economic improvement for people.
Governments protect corporations when they fail. “Nine privatized toll roads in
Spain will cost taxpayers there e5 billion because the roads are being nationalized
in the wake of the private operators’ failures” (ibid).
The structural adjustment of governments overwhelms individual politicians. It
prevents them from serving the populace even if they desire to.
Neoliberalizing government also excludes the public from governing. This
reduces political participation of the populace. It reduces them to bystander sta-
tus. It constricts their interest in politics because they have no influence on what
happens. It changes the nature of citizenship; it reduces democracy. It leaves people
to fend for themselves and take matters in their own hands, since the government
does not work for them.
Neoliberal Labor
More recently, supplementing or even supplanting the various innovations in lean produc-
tion have come electronic forms of surveillance, work measurement, and monitoring, such
as radio frequency identification (RFID), global positioning systems (GPS), and biometric
measurements that drive Just In Time norms within production processes and along supply
68 3 The Neoliberal Political Economy
chains, maintaining “management-by-stress” all along the line. It is precisely this sort of
monitoring that allows employers to seek and measure a reduction of rest time per minute
beyond even the shrinking of official break time, and to calculate the impact on the produc-
tivity of the workday.
These changes – in work reorganization, measuring and monitoring, new technology, and of
course the undermining of unions – have led to one of the biggest job-destroying intensifi-
cations of labor in the history of capitalism.
The lean norms that began in manufacturing spread throughout the economy as capital
sought, in the face of competition and endangered profit rates, to reduce labor time and
costs everywhere. This meant, among other things, that working conditions in industries and
occupations previously assumed to be very different were, in fact, becoming more similar.
Monitoring and measuring was reducing all labor, even highly skilled labor such as that of
nurses, to abstract labor. Work was changing in ways that were often disorienting to workers
and their organizations, where they existed.
The compression of working-class incomes is the other side of the coin of increased prof-
itability and the enormous increase in the incomes and wealth of the capitalist class and their
immediate associates. One measure of declining living standards is the fall in both hourly
and weekly real wages, which — despite some ups and downs — remain below their 1973
levels. By 2011, 28 percent of all workers earned less than the official poverty-level wages
of $11.06 an hour. So stagnant has been the income of the working-class majority that 30
percent of the workforce now relies on public assistance to get by (Moody 2017, pp. 47–48,
50–51, 53–54).
Parker (2017) describes another tactic for continually squeezing more productivity
out of workers. As an activist in the auto industry, he observes that management
continually increases stressors at various points in the production process to ascertain
how much more productivity the workers can accommodate. If some parts of the
system withstand the increased stress (of more intense work with fewer employees),
then it is incorporated into normal production. If workers cannot work efficiently
under the increased stressors, strategies are devised to facilitate this—by retraining
or replacing employees.
The objective of these new conditions is to control workers and subjugate their
bodies and minds to the implacable, rigid, mechanical, standardized, operation—-
managerialism—of the assembly line. Not a moment is available for innovation
or exploration or self-expression or social interaction or negotiation or resistance.
Everything unrelated to efficient, standardized productivity is “wasteful” and elim-
inated in “lean production.” The worker is reduced to a standardized, regulated,
dependable cog in the machine—analogous to animals (and farmed fish) that are
industrially raised in small containers with precise amounts of food and little free
time outside the controlling box, and genetically controlled, so that their final weight
will conform to the production plan. The worker is always on duty (or “on”) just
as the line is continuously on. The skill level of jobs is increasingly lowered and
standardized to become more inexpensive, and controllable in line with production
requirements. Skilled, complex jobs are far less controllable and allow for worker
thinking, discretion, and resisting managerial demands (Parker 2017).
Storage warehouses are inefficient in terms of time and space because products are
not being exchanged for profit. Consequently, warehouses have been converted into
Intensifying and Extending the Capitalist Form … 69
will fall into the official low-income range, which is below $32,390 a year, and over
a third of those jobs will fall in the very low range below $21,590 (ibid. p. 54).
Low-wage jobs are not normal jobs that are poorly remunerated. They have been
qualitatively transformed in addition to the quantitative immiseration.
agency. They earn around e1200 a month, a better-than-average wage in Greece, but
roughly a third of what unionized dockworkers earned five years ago, and less than
what workers still earn at the established PPA-controlled wharf abutting the Cosco
docks” (Wall St. Journal Nov. 20, 2014).
The Greek government has sued Cosco over its dangerous, illegal working con-
ditions. “Around 150 workers went on strike at the China Ocean Shipping Company
(Cosco) facilities at the port of Piraeus, early on Friday, July 18, 2014. Among their
demands were an end to 16-h shifts, an increase in pay and settlement of unpaid
wages due, breaks during shifts, an increase in manning levels at bridge cranes and
for worker accidents to be officially recorded.” (https://www.wsws.org/en/articles/
2014/07/23/dock-j23.html). The Chinese CEO rejects unions and union organizing.
This is confirmed in a report that says: “The Greek longshoremen’s unions—for-
bidden on Cosco docks—are complaining about too much work, not enough pay and
too many straddle carrier accidents at the Cosco-run pier at the Port of Piraeus near
Athens.” (http://www.shippingonline.cn/news/newsContent.asp?id=19881).
The Chinese espouse a neoliberal criticism of worker benefits as promoting lazi-
ness, in order to justify the Chinese profit-taking through harsh working conditions
for Greek laborers: Fu, the Cosco general director in Greece, says “The Chinese
want to make money with work.” “Too many Europeans have pursued a comfort-
able, protected existence since the end of World War II. They wanted a good life,
more holidays and less work,” he said. “And they spent money before they had it.
Now they have many debts.” (http://www.africametro.com/world-news/china-says-
greece-will-thrive-if-managed-by-us). No mention is made of the capitalist financial
pressures that caused the Greek depression and the requirement that public assets
be sold to investors such as Cosco. Fu expresses no sympathy to the Greek workers
about the catastrophe that was imposed upon them by financiers. Instead he mocks
the Greek workers for their plight, blaming it on expensive worker benefits.
National Public Radio, June 8, 2011 (http://www.npr.org/2011/06/08/137035251/
in-greek-port-storm-brews-over-chinese-run-labor) reports that Greek unions and the
Greek government had documented labor violations by Cosco at Piraeus.
Cosco does not allow unions or collective bargaining among its 500-plus Greek
workers. The unions report that Cosco workers are largely unskilled and working on
a temporary basis, with no benefits.
NPR reports that last August, in response to a parliamentary question, the local
department of labor inspection for Piraeus said it had discovered one Cosco worker’s
schedule had changed 14 times in one month.
His contract was signed by a subcontractor, not by Cosco itself. It says no money
will be paid for overtime, unless there was a prior written agreement with the com-
pany. He says he accepted these conditions because there was no other work available.
But when he demanded his overtime pay, he was fired.
During two visits last year—in August and October—the labor inspection depart-
ment noted four separate labor violations at Cosco’s Piraeus pier. In August, the
agency fined Cosco 3000 euros after discovering dockworkers working on their rest
days. In October, it found the same again, as well as discovering an untrained worker
operating a lifting vehicle and a worker with no employment papers.
72 3 The Neoliberal Political Economy
Cosco turned down repeated requests for an interview, both in Greece and in
Beijing. The Chinese Foreign Ministry and the Commerce Ministry also declined to
be interviewed for this story.
Cosco’s ownership of Piraeus enriches itself with capital, but does not benefit the
local community. The highest percentage of positive multiplier effect was appropri-
ated by COSCO and ultimately, together with the opacity of its activities and bad
labour relations, it functioned rather as a pocket and not as a functional part of the
harbor, which is the modus operandi of Chinese businesses in Africa and Latin Amer-
ica (http://www.analyzegreece.gr/topics/land-grabbing-and-urban-transformations/
item/401-why-cosco-wants-all-of-piraeus-not-only-the-containers).
Cosco has treated its Piraeus laborers according to neoliberal principles:
Cosco’s subsidiary, PCT, aided by the lack of stipulations on the regulation of labour relations
in the concession agreement, has opted to completely disregard the existing arrangements in
Piraeus port. These were based on a labour pool system and the existing collective agreements
between OLP and the existing dock worker labour unions that were in place. According to
the president of the nationwide Federation of Port Employees (OMYLE), abandoning these
agreements allowed PCT instantly to reduce labour costs by around 30% in comparison with
those at OLP [the Greek port that was governed by earlier collective agreements with the
workers].
In place of the strong, fixed labour contracts, well paid work and overtime and strictly-
observed health and security standards that were in place for Piraeus dockworkers employed
by OLP, in 2009, the Cosco concession signalled the institution of a new labour regime largely
based on the precarisation of labour combined with practices of strict discipline of the work
force. Working conditions in the PCT terminal appear increasingly to be paradigmatic of the
spread of these new forms of precarisation in all the sectors of the Greek economy
Of the approximately 1,000 workers employed currently in the PCT terminals only 261
were declared as PCT employees in 2013 (as evidenced by the 2013 PCT Annual Financial
Statement). The remainder are hired through a complex web of subcontractors, orchestrated
by a local logistics company, Diakinisis SA. The same ex- PCT worker described the situation
in these words: “Between each employee and the company [PCT] there are two or three
intermediaries.” These employees have only individual job contracts, work on call, have no
fixed schedules and are predominantly called to work in the piers with only a few hours
notice. PCT dockworkers are generally low paid and they do not get paid regular overtime.
The president of OMYLE has referred, along these lines, to complaints received by his union
from PCT workers about cases of fixed 35 euro wages that might correspond to day shifts
lasting up to 16 hours.
The flexibility of the dockworkers’ working hours is combined with the permanent existence
of three eight-hour shifts that keep the terminal operations functioning 24/7, with workers
just knowing a few hours in advance for how many shifts they will be required to work (none,
half, one or more).
When the concession agreement with Cosco was signed in November 2008, a new series of
strikes started, culminating in a one-month strike in 2009 during which the port was brought
to a standstill.
On July 18, 2014, workers in the PCT container terminals realized their first ever strike,
lasting for a day and a half. Their main demands included: first, the signing of a collective
labour agreement; second, the recognition of their employment as hard and hazardous to their
health; third, an increase in daily pay rates and payment for working holidays, weekends and
Intensifying and Extending the Capitalist Form … 73
overtime; fourth, the abolition of 16-hour shifts and the establishment of breaks between
shifts; fifth, the right to form a workers’ committee to discuss labour issues; sixth, the
recognition of labour accidents and the obligation to convey injured workers to hospital
by ambulances rather than in private vehicles; seventh, the presence of five rather than
three crew members in gangs; and eighth, the payment of salaries owed to them by various
subcontractors. After the riot police arrived outside the port, the PCT management said it
would meet their demands (Hatzopoulos et al. 2014, pp. 20–24).
Only under enormous opposition did the Cosco relent to meet basic labor demands.
Cosco should have been leading worker-based labor practices, because it is a com-
pany of the Central Committee of the Communist Party which claims to be promoting
socialism. Being forced to accede to workers’ demands testifies to Cosco’s recalci-
trance to practice socialist labor. Moreover, forced agreement by Cosco to labor
reforms makes it dubious that Cosco will fulfill its coerced promises. If Cosco was
serious about worker-based labor, it would have implemented this when it took over
the port, on the basis of socialist policy.
Cosco’s neoliberal labor practices have persisted into 2018. In May-June,
hundreds of Cosco workers went on strike to protest the poor working con-
ditions that I have described. The strike was joined by thousands of other
workers and their unions. Rather than negotiate with the proletariat to improve
their conditions, the Chinese management threatened to have them arrested.
Then management hired strike breakers to intimidate their laborers to return to
work. And the Chinese Embassy in Athens filed a complaint with the Greek
government, urging it to suppress the strike in order to protect China’s sig-
nificant investments in Greece (Saeedy 2018); (https://www.icl-fi.org/english/
wv/1137/cosoco.html); (http://www.ekathimerini.com/229209/article/ekathimerini/
news/piraeus-port-blockade-draws-china-complaint). Thus, the “socialist” govern-
ment of China—and its state enterprise—suppressed the international proletariat in
Greece in order to protect its profits.
Domestic workers are equally exploited. Taxi drivers in Peking (as of Sept. 2018),
drive 70 h per week and earn $7 USD per hour! They work for private taxi companies
and have no labor rights. CEOs force drivers to work 70 h by requiring them to pay
a high fixed fee weekly to the CEO, which forces drivers to work 70 h in order to
earn sufficient revenue for themselves to live on.
Additional neoliberal acts by COSCO include mistreatment of American workers.
The Transport Workers reported on April 20, 2016, on conditions in the port of Los
Angeles/Long Beach that is run by Intermodal Bridge Transport, a subsidiary of
COSCO: “The National Labor Relations Board issued a Complaint alleging the
company’s managers and supervisors violated the National Labor Relations Act by
making unlawful threats and promises in violation of Section 8(a)(1) of the NLRA.
Specifically, the Complaint alleges that:
IBT managers and supervisors interrogated employees about their support for the
Union, promised more work to employees if they ceased engaging in Union activi-
ties, and threatened employees with job loss and other unspecified reprisals if they
continued to support the Union; and “IBT has misclassified its employee drivers as
independent contractors, thereby inhibiting them from engaging in Section 7 [union]
74 3 The Neoliberal Political Economy
activity and depriving them of the protections of the Act.” The drivers, who haul
containers on and off the docks for IBT’s name-brand customers, including Michael
Kors, Sony, Toyota, General Electric, and Target, are participants in a myriad of
class action, mass action, and individual lawsuits for misclassification and wage
theft. This is their third strike in the last year (April 2015, Oct. 2015, and April 2016)
(http://www.transportworkers.org/node/2378) (see Abi-Habib 2018, 2016 for addi-
tional examples of Chinese international, neoliberal political-economic practices).5
More and more employees across a growing range of industries find the number of hours
they work is swinging giddily from week to week — bringing chaos not only to family
scheduling, but also to family finances.
And a new wave of research shows that the main culprit is not the so-called gig economy,
but shifting pay within the same job.
Since the 1970s, steady work that pays a predictable and living wage has become increasingly
difficult to find,” said Jonathan Morduch, a director of the U.S. Financial Diaries project,
an in-depth study of 235 low- and moderate-income households.
Instability and insecurity are increasingly a part of middle-class life, too. Middle-income
households, for example, saw their monthly expenses deviate by nearly $1,300, the equivalent
of a month’s rent or mortgage payment.
The new Fed report found that 30 percent — roughly 73 million adults — say they are finding
it difficult to get by financially, or are just getting by.
The latest data shows that 41 percent of all hourly workers say they are not given more than
a week’s notice of their schedule; nearly half have little or no say on their work hours.
To Morduch and Schneider, the rise in income volatility is an indication of how businesses
in an era of advancing technology and global competition have shifted risk onto employees.
Consider the cost of saving for retirement and medical care. When health insurance premiums
for employers soared between 2003 and 2013 (before the Affordable Care Act went into
effect), workers picked up 93 percent of the extra cost.
ruling class by exploiting the populace. This is called raising the rate of exploitation,
which is profit divided by wages. The point was deliberately to crush the populace
economically and politically to augment the economic and political power of the
capitalist class (Ratner 2012b, pp. 294–305).
Neoliberal capitalism not only exploits disasters for its own profit and social
reorganization (Naomi Klein and Mirowski 2013). Neoliberal capitalism fabricates
disasters where they do not exist. Newfield (2008, 2016) says neoliberalism creates
a “devolutionary spiral.” Neoliberals reduce expenditures on social services, thereby
greatly limiting them and making them unreliable and unserviceable. They then
complain that there is insufficient public funding for services and propose that private
funding take over. They claim to be solving problems, however, it was they who
created the problems, and their solutions only exacerbate them in order to expropriate
funding and returns for private investors.
This politics of neoliberal ruination is evident in the separation of wages from
productivity. This is a measure of exploitation: from 1948 to 1973, average wage
increases tracked productivity almost exactly: productivity increased by 96.7%, and
hourly compensation for production and nonsupervisory workers (80% of the work-
force) rose by 91.3%. Over the past forty years, however, productivity has been
divorced from wages. From 1973 to 2013, productivity increased by 74.4%, but
employee compensation grew by only 9.2% (Lafer 2017, Kindle Locations 141–145).
From 1975 to 2011, the rate of exploitation increased 68%. Real profit increased
213% while real employee compensation only increased 86%. In other words, every
dollar of wages generated 68% more dollars in profit in 2011 (ibid. p. 54). This
increase in the rate of exploitation of workers—measured as a ratio of profit divided
by compensation—through intensification of work, slow growth in employment, and
the massive expansion of low-wage jobs as the primary site of employment growth,
is more extensive than the rise of precarious labor, which receives far more news
coverage.
In 1979, 11.7% of Americans lived below the poverty line; by 2012, 15% of the
population lived in poverty, even though real GDP was 72% higher (Wall Street
Journal, June 23, 2014, p. A13)! In addition, workers’ wages have declined since
1969 when the minimum hourly wage in the United States was $1.60. That is the
equivalent of $10.49 today, when the national minimum wage is $7.25. The neoliberal
economic model deliberately cuts workers’ wages, benefits, job opportunities, and
social services in order to accumulate capital for the capitalist class.
According to Federal Reserve Bank Surveys, 1/3 of Americans say they are just
getting by. 38% could not pay for a $400 emergency without selling an asset or
borrowing. Work is becoming more precarious with wages fluctuating greatly within
a given job. Volatility is greatest in low income jobs. Almost 1/3 of Americans,
some 90 million people, were officially poor for two months or more between 2009
and 2011. Only about 1/2 of Americans have retirement savings. American mobility
ranks among the lowest of rich nations just as its income inequality is now among the
highest of these nations. Rates of child poverty in the U.S. are significantly higher
than those of almost all rich nations (Madrick 2017).
Intensifying and Extending the Capitalist Form … 77
Income is not only increasingly stratified between the capitalist class and the
working class. Income is also increasingly stratified within the working class. This
creates an enormous gap and division within the class, which prevents solidarity. “The
Economic Policy Institute noted, “From 2000 to 2017, wage growth was strongest
for the highest-wage workers, continuing the trend in rising wage inequality over
the last four decades.” The strongest wage growth was for those in the top 10% of
earnings, which skewed the results sufficiently that the median wage increase for
2017 was a paltry 0.2%, the EPI reports” (https://systemicdisorder.wordpress.com/
2018/06/06/real-number-of-unemployed).
Every decade from 1970 onward has witnessed a decreasing growth rate of the
economy as a whole. In Japan, economic growth plunged from 9.2% during the
1950–1973 period, to 2.7% during the neoliberal 1979–2000 period. Germany,
France, and Italy all fell from around 6 to 2%. The USA fell from 4 to 3.1%.
Economist Krugman tells us “business investment as a share of G.D.P. is well below
its level before the financial crisis—let alone the heights it reached in the 1990s”
(Krugman 2018; https://www.nytimes.com/2018/04/30/opinion/republican-tax-
cut-workers.html?rref=collection%2Fissuecollection%2Ftodays-new-york-times&
action=click&contentCollection=todayspaper®ion=rank&module=package&
version=highlights&contentPlacement=3&pgtype=collection); (for this pattern in
Sweden, see http://www.truthdig.com/report/page2/yes_sweden_is_a_paradise_
lost_but_not_due_to_immigration_20170420).
In Britain, Real wage growth of 2.9% in the 1970s and 1980s fell to 1.5% in the
1990s, 1.2% in the 2000s, and turned negative, averaging −2.2% in the five years
after 2010 (https://tribunemag.co.uk/relaunch-preview).
Marxists argue that capitalist problems are unsolvable due to inner contradictions
and conundrums of capitalism (Kliman 2012). Neoliberals prove this to be correct.
Intensifying and extending the principles of capitalism leads to further decline and
destruction.
This pattern is repeated with corporate tax savings. The federal Tax Cuts and
Jobs Act of 2017—pushed hard by the Koch Caucus in Congress—lowered the fed-
eral income tax rate from 35 to 21%. The Trump Administration promised that the
cuts would cause corporations to invest, expand, and hire new workers, as well as
pay bonuses or increase wages. However, many corporations laid off employees
instead. Comcast, for example, said it will save $128 million from the tax cut, and
announced 500 layoffs. Caterpillar reported that it will pay 9% less in income taxes,
but also announced it is closing facilities. Eli Lilly reported that it lowered its cor-
porate income tax rate by almost one-third but announced 3500 layoffs at the end of
2017, layoffs that are still taking place. Chevron, and Marathon Petroleum, reported
large tax savings as well as layoffs for the year (Wiener 2018).
These exploitive, destructive practices fueled a large turn around in the rate of
profit. Profit had fallen precipitously in the U.S. and Europe from 1948 to 1981, from
22 to 13%, and then increased back to 20% by 2005 under neoliberalism (ibid.) In
this period, increased profit correlated with general economic decelerating growth
(Newfield 2008, p. 128; Edsall 2018).
78 3 The Neoliberal Political Economy
teenagers being drugged for this “condition.” In 2012, the Archives of General Psychi-
atry (Olfson et al. 2012) reported that between 1993 and 2009, there was a seven-fold
increase of children 13 years and younger being prescribed antipsychotic drugs, and
that “disruptive behavior disorders”—which includes ODD—were the most com-
mon diagnoses in children medicated with antipsychotics, accounting for 63% of
those medicated.
The improvement in income and nutrition of the most destitute people does nothing
to mitigate this malnutrition among less poor, majority, people. Moreover, there
is sufficient food to eradicate all malnourishment: the earth produces 17% more
food than is required for the entire global population. Consequently, no one should
face malnourishment or food insecurity. Using this as the standard of a good life,
the remaining widespread malnutrition throughout the world invalidates the notion
that neoliberal capitalism is gradually solving food insecurity and malnourishment.
Exploitation, hierarchy, and injustice cause unnecessary and unacceptable suffering
alongside minor improvements.
Improved longevity exemplifies this point. Improved longevity is a valuable result
of medical advances. However, increased longevity is permeated by debilitating
health conditions that decrease its value: In 2016, 91% of the world’s population did
not breathe clean air, and more than half of urban population were exposed to outdoor
air pollution levels at least 2.5 times above the safety standard set by WHO. It has been
estimated that in 2016 outdoor air pollution in both cities and rural areas caused 4.2
million deaths worldwide. Taken together, indoor and outdoor air pollution caused
an estimated 7 million deaths one in eight deaths globally in 2016 (http://apps.who.
int/iris/bitstream/handle/10665/272596/9789241565585-eng.pdf?ua=1, p. 10).
Polluting the environment is profitable because it saves on the cost of controlling
pollution. The neoliberal solution to pollution is to assist people in living within it and
with it. This externalizes the cost of pollution to the public in the form of individuals
paying for medical care that results from socioeconomic pollution. Neoliberalism’s
social benefit it to provide health care to the public that enables helps people adjust
to its toxic environment. Neoliberalism provides an industry that palliates disease
rather than preventing and eradicating it; for real cure requires increasing the cost of
production and ultimately removing capitalist ownership of it. This is the neoliberal
model of social benefit.
This is clear in the neoliberal approach to cancer. Cancer keeps proliferating
because of environmental pollutants. However, the medical industry ignores this
and confines itself to palliating its effects. The entire narrative about cancer is how
to survive it and extend life after detecting it. Statistics focus upon the results of
treatment, not upon the incidence of contracting cancer—which implicate the causes
of cancer. The cancer industry preserves the profits of industrial capitalism while
“helping” people to live with their adversity—which is a great source of profit in the
capitalist medical industry. The wonders of technical treatment and survival obscure
the evil socioeconomic causes of cancer. A healthy environment would reduce the
need for individual medicine.7
Trump’s economic policies during his first two years as president fit this model
of social benefits possessing a neoliberal form and distribution. Trump’s policies
produced some improvement in employment and economic growth (GDP). But only
in ways that are terribly destructive to employees, financial stability, and the envi-
ronment (see Protess et al. 2018). Growth was not healthy for people, society, and
nature.
Trump made labor more exploitive, and profitable to capitalists. He degenerated
working conditions which cut costs of health and safety; he allowed capitalists to
Neoliberal Social Benefits 81
neoliberal practices while appeasing and propping up the populace to accept these
practices without rebellion.
The sociology and political economy of neoliberalism are our Lebenswelt, in
Husserl’s terms. Lebenswelt is the surrounding cultural life-world with its particu-
lar features. “We stand, then, within the historical horizon in which everything is
historical, even though we may know very little about it in a definite way. But has
its essential structure that can be revealed through methodical inquiry. This inquiry
prescribes all the possible specialized questions.” “We as living in wakeful world-
consciousness, are constantly active on the basis of our passive having of the world;
it is from there, by objects pre-given in consciousness, that we are affected; it is to
this or that object that we pay attention, according to our interests” (Husserl 1970,
pp. 369, 108). Husserl is saying that our extant, cultural-historical life world is a
pre-given, actual world of things, events, conditions, and macro cultural factors that
was created by our predecessors and which we do not necessarily understand (but can
comprehend through methodical inquiry). Therefore, we currently “have them” in a
passive manner, in that they exist for us and affect us without our full comprehension
of them. They are “unthematized” by us. This is our naïve, “natural” attitude. We
direct our attention to this background and thematize particular elements of it. The
life world is thus the ground of our interests and questions. We must understand
this “tacit,” cultural, “a priori,” background to our life in order to understand the
basis of our life. This is exactly why we must understand the cultural-historical life
world of neoliberal capitalism—so that it is not a pre-given environment that we pas-
sively suffer, but becomes an object of our knowledge that we can evaluate, own, and
change. “Like all praxis, objective science presupposes the being of this world, but
it sets itself the task of transposing knowledge which is imperfect and prescientific
into perfect knowledge [of the objective world] (ibid. pp. 110–111). [Husserl held
a subjective conception of culture that was far from our political-economic model,
however, his general notion of culture as the a priori ground of behavior and science
can be adapted to our model.]
The current, pre-given conditions of neoliberalism are passively suffered by peo-
ple as the a priori ingredients of neoliberal psychology. They generate a psychology of
oppression that is congruent with, and necessary for, social, political, and economic
oppression. Psychology of oppression is normative and normal, it is not abnormal
and exceptional (Ratner 2017c). Its abolition requires systemic, political-economic
change, not piecemeal, individual change.
These conclusions are verified in the case of neoliberal education, as the next
chapter explains.
Notes
1. Following Marx’s example, we may denote two ways that professors can treat
their scholarship. One way is to go on a lecture tour of universities which pay
professors for their time disbursing knowledge to students and faculty. The knowl-
edge remains in tact and enriches the knowledge of the audience. The use value of
Neoliberal Social Benefits 83
the lectures remains dominant. The university earns no income from “employing”
him to visit.
Alternatively, professors may turn their scholarship into a cash cow by commodi-
fying it on the capitalist market. They may, for example, sell their name/reputation
from their scholarship to a corporation to endorse a profit-generating product.
This dispenses with the knowledge. The professor’s endorsement is simply an
advertisement, like a movie star endorsing some clothing. It is all about branding
and imaging, not enlightening. The use value of the scholarship is replaced with
exchange value which generates the scholar‘s small salary and much larger sales
and profits for the company that employs him. (Capitalist profit always trumps
employees’ salaries.)
Neoliberals prefer the second strategy.
2. The material for this section was obtained through interviews I conducted with
sports economists at universities in China in Sept. 2016. As is standard in China,
interview subjects insisted that their names be withheld out of fear of persecution
by authorities. These professors had been punished for providing economics
classes and consulting to workers.
3. Marx directly addressed this issue in his Economic and Philosophical
Manuscripts, chapter on money. With money, “what I am and am capable of
is by no means determined by my individuality. I am ugly, but I can buy for
myself the most beautiful of women. Therefore, I am not ugly, for the effect
of ugliness—its deterrent power—is nullified by money. I am bad, dishonest,
unscrupulous, stupid; but money is honoured, and hence its possessor.” In our
case of sports, money buys talent that the team does not possess.
Marx explains the alternative to commodifying human activity. It is personal
development of those activities so that they express your actual, humanity instead
of your financial capacity to buy them: “Assume man to be man and his rela-
tionship to the world to be a human one: then, every one of your relations to
man and to nature must be a specific expression, corresponding to the object of
your will, of your real individual life. If you want to enjoy art, you must be
an artistically cultivated person; if you want to exercise influence over other
people, you must be a person with a stimulating and encouraging effect on
other people” (https://www.marxists.org/archive/marx/works/1844/manuscripts/
preface.htm). Similarly, a team’s will correspond to the developed talent of its
players.
4. A typical example is television networks canceling programs that do not appeal
to advertisers’ economic needs. In 2014, Time Warner cancelled “Longmire” on
the A & E channel. It was A & E’s second most popular show, but with older
viewers, over 60 years. Advertisers, who pay Time Warner to place ads on A &
E, can make more money marketing products to younger audiences who have
disposable incomes and buy more products than older, retired people do. The
advertisers wanted A & E to run programs that would attract young viewers to
watch their ads and buy their products. The profitability of young viewers leads
networks to raise their price the lucrative ads. A 30-s. ad for Longmire cost
$31,300, while an ad for a younger program (“Mad Men”) generated $69,500 for
84 3 The Neoliberal Political Economy
Time Warner. Thus, Time Warner and the advertisers canceled a highly popular,
profitable, entertainment show because they could earn even more from a younger
demographic (“the demographics were not there”). Profitability is the neoliberal
raison d’etre of television programs (Flint 2014).
5. The Chinese government’s neoliberal accumulation of capital leads it to construct
highly polluting, coal industries outside China’s borders.
In Serbia a Chinese enterprise, China Machinery Engineering Corporation (CMEC),
recently started work on a multi-million dollar project to enlarge the coal-fired Kostolac
power station.
Under the terms of the US$715m contract, the Chinese will build an additional 350 MW
unit at Kostolac and expand operations at a nearby opencast mine producing lignite—the
“dirtiest” coal.
Urgewald, a Berlin-based environmental group, calculates that Chinese companies are
at present involved in plans to build about a fifth of new coal-fired energy capacity
around the world—in countries including Pakistan, Egypt, Iran, Vietnam and Malawi.
In some of these countries there is little or no coal-powered generation at present;
building coal plants is likely to prevent the development of other, less polluting energy
sources and lock in high emission power structures for years to come.
Chinese state banks are estimated to have provided more than US$40bn in loans over the
past 18 years for building coal-fired power plants overseas. The majority of the funding
for Serbia’s Kostolac project is being provided by China’s state-owned Export-Import
Bank.
Thorough environmental impact assessments were not carried out on the project and,
contrary to international regulations, Romania—whose border is less than 20 kms from
the Kostolac plant—was not consulted on the impact of the facility’s expansion.
The contract between China and Serbia gives courts in China full power of arbitration in
the event of any dispute; there are added concerns about the many hundreds of workers
from China building the new plant, with few companies from Serbia itself involved in
construction at Kostolac (Cook 2018).
surplus value and profit; however, this profit was made off an expanding economy
that enriched sectors of the populace. GDP has risen, standard of living has
risen, public spending has risen. Alvaredo et al. (2017, p. 406) document this
exploitive growth. “In China [from 1978 to 2015], the top experienced very
high growth rates [1294% for the top 10%, and 3111% for the top 0.001%], but
average growth was so large that the bottom 50 percent average income also grew
markedly by 401%. This is likely to make rising inequality more acceptable.”
China’s exploitive growth is further documented in the snapshot facts about class
inequality in income and wealth in the Preface.
Of course, disbursing some surplus value to the populace is not socialism—for
socialism eliminates surplus value, wage labor, private property, and the capitalist
class.
7. This perspective on medicalizing problems leads to a radical analysis of illegal
drugs. Illegal drugs perform the same social function as legal medicalization of
symptoms: both medicalize individuals to make their various pains and distur-
bances sufferable. From the societal point of view, it does not matter what the
source of medicines is. Oppressive society is grateful for any medicalization that
reduces symptoms or makes them sufferable. This is preferable to overwhelming
suffering that would lead to social collapse and rebellion. Since neoliberalism is
intent on exploiting people, impoverishing them, disposing of them, using them,
and disenfranchising them, it is comfortable with narcotizing them to enable their
participation in social and personal oppression. This accounts for the epidemic of
medication that pervades neoliberal society. And society is comfortable with ille-
gal drugs that perform the same function. This is the reason that the drug problem
is never seriously attacked: it is socially functional, just as oppression and stul-
tification are socially functional. Intractable problems are necessary, functional
problems. It is their functionality that makes them intractable. Society prefers
that oppressed people take illicit drugs than that they study the causes of their
problems and organize politically to eradicate these causes.
In a pathological society, where the normal is pathological, and pathology is
normal, abnormal pathology is always an extension of normal pathology (Ratner
2017c). In our case, illegal drugs are an extension of normal medicalization or
narcotization.
Chapter 4
Neoliberal Education: Enforcer
of the Neoliberal Class Structure
Our conical cultural model informs us that macro cultural factors reflect the pow-
erful political economy. Education is a key macro cultural factor that reflects and
reproduces neoliberal political economy. This is important for our purposes because
education is a macro cultural factor that powerfully organizes our cognitions, ideas,
motivation, goals, values, attention, and perceptions. It also organizes our emotional
content and expression—as when teachers regulate emotional display in the class-
room in various situations. Education teaches explicitly, specifically, didactically,
with particular symbols that are verbalized and articulated. Teachers carefully explain
why things are as they are, and why students should behave in certain ways. Educa-
tion arms students with reasons for behavior in certain ways, which makes behavior
more understandable and reasonable to them. (Of course, these proffered reasons
may be extraneous to real reasons for behavior—as we shall discuss in the section
on ideology. I am simply stating that education provides reasons that are convinc-
ing to the students and make their behavior seem to embody reason.) The power of
education on psychology means that comprehending neoliberal psychology requires
comprehending neoliberal education.
Neoliberal education embodies neoliberal class structure (social roles), capitalist
form and content, and ideology in order to teach students to become neoliberal in
their being (Ratner 2012b, pp. 284–294).
Coles (2018, pp. 72–74) provides essential data on occupations which is the
basis for educational policy. Contrary to the claims that high-skilled work is speedily
becoming pervasive in the U.S. economy and education must raise competence levels
to match these work requirements, the reality, according to the National Employment
Law Project, is that since the 2008 Great Recession the majority of jobs created have
been low-paying and medium-paying. Lower-wage jobs ($9.48–$13.33/h) comprise
44% of employment growth; medium-wage jobs ($13.73–$20.00/h) comprise 25%
of employment growth; and high-wage jobs ($20.03–$32.62/h) account for 30%
of employment growth. The U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics similarly reports that
in 2014, as in previous years, the occupations with the largest number of workers
were not STEM jobs. The greatest number of workers were retail salespersons and
cashiers, followed by food preparation and serving workers; general office clerks;
customer service representatives; waiters and waitresses; laborers and freight, stock,
and material movers; janitors and cleaners. Registered nurses were the only large
occupation group that required advanced education. Thus, the real need for educa-
tion is to prepare people to function in unskilled, low-pay work, not high-skilled,
professional work. And this is precisely what the capitalist education system has
been doing through neoliberal policies.
This occupational structure makes college unnecessary and wasteful. Coles
explains that 51% of recent American graduates considered “themselves to be under-
employed or working in jobs that don’t require a college degree”; 39% were earning
$25,000 or less, and low salary levels contributed to 42% of the graduates continuing
to live at home. Moreover, less than half of the graduates (46%) had full-time jobs,
down from full-time employment of 68% for graduates of just a year or two earlier.
Nor were the low salary levels compensated for by good benefits, as indicated by the
52% of graduates who had to continue on their parents’ health insurance.
Overall, the trend for college graduates was toward more employment in work
unrelated to college studies, less full-time employment, greater part-time employ-
ment, low pay, less personal independence, and long-term debt. The Accenture find-
ings were buttressed by a Federal Reserve Bank of New York study, which found that
“underemployment among recent graduates—a condition defined here as working
in jobs that typically do not require a bachelor’s degree has continued to increase.
Many recent grads feel underemployed and disillusioned. The percentage of recent
grads who feel underemployed—working at a job that actually does not require their
degree—has risen 10% points (41–51%) over the past three years,” from 2013 to
2016.
Education must prepare citizens to occupy this occupational structure. Educa-
tion must map onto this structure to provide appropriate qualitative competencies to
appropriate numbers of individuals.
As the neoliberal economy devolves into an unskilled, disenfranchised, marginal-
ized, impoverished, lower class, education must keep apace both qualitatively and
quantitatively. Education must be concentrated in the upper class, and become less
available to middle and lower class students. Middle and lower class education pre-
pares those students for an uneducated, standardized, narrow, obedient, work life.
Anything more than this is actively discouraged by the powers that be. One method
for reducing the availability of education to the middle and lower classes is to privatize
education and make it expensive for individuals to purchase. The result is that 47%
of students who attend community colleges drop out before earning their degrees,
while 31% of students who attend four-year institutions drop out (https://truthout.
org/articles/unaffordable-higher-education-leads-to-low-graduation-rates/). The pri-
mary objective of financializing, or commodifying, education is to make it isomorphic
with the class structure of economic capital. Bourdieu called this isometric form and
distribution of cultural factors, “cultural capital.” This class structuring and depriva-
tion is the opposite of increasing individual choice over commodities that neoliberal
ideology claims.
4 Neoliberal Education: Enforcer of the Neoliberal Class Structure 89
Education does not merely educate students about these things, education
embodies these things that it is trying to educate. Education has the form of what it
is educating. The process of education must be congruent with the result. Education
does not merely teach children to occupy certain classes by enacting a commodity
form of behavior which is mystified by ideology. Education itself has a commodity,
classed, ideologically mystified form. Education is a neoliberal activity with neolib-
eral form and content built into its pedagogy; education is not a neutral method for
teaching children about neoliberal content. (Just as news has a neoliberal form, as I
explained in the Preface.)
Analogously, if you want to educate children to be scientific thinkers, scientific
thinking must be built into the pedagogical process; pedagogy must itself be logical,
empirical, analytical, deductive. If pedagogy were haphazard, irrational, illogical,
and anti-empirical, it could never produce scientific thinking in the students. Con-
versely, if you want to educate children to be irrational and mystical, you must make
pedagogy embody these characteristics. If you logically, and empirically, and scien-
tifically explain irrationality to students, you will undermine their irrationality. This
is why religious education is a different form of pedagogy than scientific education.
If you use scientific education to teach about religion—as in history or anthropol-
ogy of education—you are not teaching students to become religious. To teach them
to become religious and believe in religion and embody religion—as opposed to
knowing about religion—then you use a “faith-based” educational pedagogy that
promotes mysticism and irrationality, not a science-based pedagogy.
Teaching students to become neoliberal subjects with neoliberal subjectivity and
behavior requires neoliberal educational pedagogy which treats the students in ways
that they shall reproduce, not simply know about.
Lower class pedagogy is simplified, standardized, and rote. A complex peda-
gogy that employs reasoning and explanation and questioning and critique would
contradict the lower-class habitus that it is trying to organize. A complex pedagogy
would cultivate a thoughtful, broad-ranging, planning, critical habitus that is an upper
class habitus with a broader viewpoint. This is analogous to the difference between
scientific and religious pedagogy.
Lower class education is not about educational enlightenment, upward social
mobility, or human fulfillment. Pretending that education is primarily about enlight-
enment, mobility, and fulfillment is ideology that obscures the true character, motive,
and objectives of education. It also elicits misplaced hope in education.
Of course, the contemporary, neoliberal, capitalist class structure requires a small
upper and middle class to lead and administer the system. This requires advanced
psychological competencies among the small elite class.
The first step in understanding neoliberal education—and the psychology that
it cultivates—is to document the neoliberal political-economic-social interests that
control it. For it is these interests that determine the form of education, the objectives
of education, and the demographics of education.
90 4 Neoliberal Education: Enforcer of the Neoliberal Class Structure
In the space of just a few years, technology giants have begun remaking the very nature of
schooling on a vast scale, using some of the same techniques that have made their compa-
nies linchpins of the American economy. Through their philanthropy, they are influencing
the subjects that schools teach, the classroom tools that teachers choose and fundamental
approaches to learning…But the philanthropic efforts are taking hold so rapidly that there has
been little public scrutiny. Tech companies and their founders have been rolling out programs
in America’s public schools with relatively few checks and balances…“They have the power
to change policy, but no corresponding check on that power,” said Megan Tompkins-Stange,
an assistant professor of public policy at the University of Michigan. “It does subvert the
democratic process.”
Furthermore, there is only limited research into whether the tech giants’ programs have
actually improved students’ educational results…Some tech moguls are taking a hands-on
role in nearly every step of the education supply chain by financing campaigns to alter
policy, building learning apps to advance their aims and subsidizing teacher training. This
end-to-end influence represents an “almost monopolistic approach to education reform,”
said Larry Cuban, an emeritus professor of education at Stanford University. “That is starkly
different from earlier generations of philanthropists”… Many parents and educators said in
interviews that they were unaware of the Silicon Valley personalities and money influencing
their schools.
Lauding its influence in schools, the Institute claims it has “provided a better understanding
of the Constitution and Bill of Rights to more than 4.3 million students and over 50,000
teachers. Additionally, the Institute has directly trained over 22,000 teachers through its
constitutional seminars.” (Coles 2018)
by the foundations.” The Gates Foundation also contributed to the Broad Residency
project with a $3.6 million grant. According to Broad’s press release, the money
would go “to recruit and train as many as eighteen Broad Residents over the next
four years to provide management support to school districts and charter management
organizations addressing the issue of teacher effectiveness” (Barkan 2011).
Neoliberal, corporate control over education was exerted at the federal level where
Obama’s Secretary of Education, Arnie Duncan, served on the board of directors of
Broad’s education division until February 2009, as did former treasury secretary
Larry Summers. All of Duncan’s education officials in DOE were neoliberal, corpo-
rate advocates.
Major universities are now funded and controlled by big business (Kotch 2017,
2018). An examination of 10 contracts between leading oil companies and major uni-
versities, worth $883 million over 10 years revealed the following details of corporate
dominance over scientific research.
• In nine of the 10 energy-research agreements, the university partners failed to
retain majority academic control over the central governing body charged with
directing the university-industry alliance. Four of the 10 alliances actually give
the industry sponsors full governance control.
• Eight of the 10 agreements permit the corporate sponsor or sponsors to fully control
both the evaluation and selection of faculty research proposals in each new grant
cycle.
• None of the 10 agreements requires faculty research proposals to be evaluated and
awarded funding based on independent expert peer review, the traditional method
for awarding academic and scientific research grants fairly and impartially based
on scientific merit.
• Eight of the 10 alliance agreements fail to specify transparently, in advance, how
faculty may apply for alliance funding, and what the specific evaluation and selec-
tion criteria will be.
• Nine of the 10 agreements call for no specific management of financial conflicts
of interest related to the alliance and its research functions. None of these agree-
ments, for example, specifies that committee members charged with evaluating and
selecting faculty research proposals must be impartial, and may not award corpo-
rate funding to themselves (see Jennifer Washburn, “Big Oil Goes To College,”
Center for American Progress, http://www.americanprogress.org/issues/2010/10/
big_oil.html; see also G. Bowley “The Academic-Industrial Complex,” New York
Times, Aug. 1, 2010: http://www.nytimes.com/2010/08/01/business/01prez.html?
scp=1&sq=university%20industrial%20complex&st=cse).
An example is BB&T bank, under the head of John Allison, an avowed fan of
author and libertarian icon Ayn Rand. The US bank offered colleges and univer-
sities grants averaging $1.1 million, usually with the stipulation that they design
a new course incorporating Rand’s Atlas Shrugged. BB&T also demanded that
grantees create faculty positions, centers, speaker series and scholarships as part
of a “Moral Foundations of Capitalism” program. At least 63 schools accepted
The Capitalist Form of Education 93
Barrow (2018, p. 3) describes how university education in the U.S. has taken on
a capitalist form. The corporate university is “an institution that is characterized
by processes, decisional criteria, expectations, organizational culture, and operat-
ing practices that are taken from, and have their origins in, the modern business
corporation.” Those processes include the role of the market in allocating resources,
activities focused around value statements, productivity measures, institutional goals
defined by management, conceptualization of academic departments as profit centers,
customer service orientation toward students (see Engelen et al. 2014).
Ward (2012) amplifies the neoliberal restructuring of the form of knowledge and
education. “Knowledge, from the neoliberalist perspective, had over the course of
the twentieth century become over-socialized’ and much too public. Knowledge
production, it seemed, needed a major retooling, reorganization and intensification
much like other lagging industries or unresponsive state bureaucracies” (p. 4). “What
was needed in the neoliberalist view was a major retooling and reorganization of
knowledge production and education along the lines of a competitive business enter-
prise” (p. 5, my emphasis). Newfield (2008, p. 69) further explains the reason that
neoliberals are compelled to transform the form of genuine knowledge: “By their
very nature, universities [traditionally] were a mild affront to market values. Sim-
ply by existing, they showed that markets could not encompass all human activity.”
Knowledge and education are political in the sense of supporting particular political
interests and opposing others.
Neoliberals recognize this very clearly, and they have embarked upon giving
knowledge and its cultivation in educational institutions a capitalist form through
its production and distribution in corporate universities that had a capitalist form.
Universities—and the State—had a new capitalist form in order to organize the
capitalist form of knowledge as a commodity. “In this rethinking of education, the
role of state was to shift from being a purveyor of collective well-being, equality and
general social welfare to an information conduit who was responsible for making sure
that entrepreneurs and consumers were informed of their options in the marketplace”
(Ward 2012, p. 6). Knowledge, education, and the State acquired the new cultural
form of commodities that could enhance the graduate’s personal success on the
competitive market.
A new field, called Knowledge Management, arose during the 1990s to administer
neoliberal knowledge. It redefined cognitive competencies such as uniqueness and
innovation:
Uniqueness did not mean unique genius or originality. Uniqueness was not an intellectual
quality at all. It was a property category; uniqueness meant sole ownership [of a concept
or patent]. Knowledge by itself did not produce profits in the New Economy. Proprietary
94 4 Neoliberal Education: Enforcer of the Neoliberal Class Structure
knowledge produced big profits. Proprietary knowledge was the only really valuable (though
not the only necessary) knowledge for a simple reason. Because of the ease with which high-
tech products could be commodified, firms throve not through niche maintenance, but through
control. Be first or second in every market or get out, said General Electric’s CEO Jack Welch,
and he sold even profitable GE divisions that could not make that cut…The really big money
came from managing not for market innovation but for market domination. Only proprietary
knowledge offered real capital and security…Business was looking to knowledge to turn a
worker’s ideas into a proprietary product that would return a rent-sized profit. [This required
controlling and owning – i.e., expropriating – workers’ knowledge, like other forms of labor.]
(Newfield 2008, pp. 125–141)
The capitalist form of education varies with students’ social position in the social
system/class structure. This means that education reflects and promotes the social
class system. This is known as the “reproductive thesis” or the “transmission the-
sis” because education transmits social class characteristics to students’ psychol-
ogy/behavior. This reproductive relationship and function is actively organized by
social leaders. It is not mechanistic, reified, passive, or static.
Primary and secondary education in the United States currently consists of three
streams: (1) public schools, (2) private, expensive schools—from middle school to
university, (3) charter schools and voucher schools.
Charter schools are largely financed by public educational funds that are diverted
from public schools to charter schools which are privately managed. Their school
boards and administrators are not democratically elected as public schools are. Char-
ter schools are usually constructed by private companies (increasingly equity com-
panies) and administered by them, while subsidized by public vouchers from gov-
The Class Basis, and Class Function, of Neoliberal … 95
ernment educational funds. Many charter schools are administered by religious orga-
nizations which use public education funds that are given as vouchers.
Neoliberal charter schools have primarily replaced public schools in poor neigh-
borhoods. One reason is that neoliberal governments treat the poor as a drag on the
system, who are not needed by the neoliberal political economy. There is no point
spending public money to try and upgrade the poor because the political economy
is shrinking and reducing middle class opportunities. Thus, the poor are turned over
to corporate management, to “warehouse,” with minimum expense and support. The
discarded poor are also useful, powerless, instruments to be exploited for the profit of
corporate accumulation of capital and upper class enrichment. This is all handled by
corporate charter schools. They degrade the educational services and extract profit
from the poor. These socio-economic interests lead to inevitable inferior educational
achievements for these exploited students. Privatizing schools is a crucial element
of the primitive accumulation of symbolic power in the neoliberal system. Control-
ling these new forms of pedagogy generate control over the production, unification,
codification, and dissemination of knowledge (what Bourdieu terms “informational
capital”) that is central to the state’s routine exercise of symbolic power (Loveman
2005, p. 1660).
Public schools remain active in middle class districts, however, corporate interests
have formed many “partnerships” with public schools. Companies pay for numer-
ous programs, including curricula and professorships, and departments, which they
control. Neoliberal investors—e.g., Gates—and politicians are moving to privatize
public schools and bring them under corporate financial, ideological, and pedagogical
control.
Private schools educate the upper class who fund them in order to escape from the
depleted public school sector. Private schools charge exorbitant tuition, however, they
do not adopt most neoliberal educational practices. The reason is that neoliberalism
impoverishes education and is mainly a technique for oppressing poor students. The
elite pay for good education that escapes neoliberalism. It is interesting that capitalists
do not apply their neoliberal education to members of their own class. This proves
how destructive those practices are, that they are not suitable for educating capitalists.
These are the twin objectives of colonial education. Both objectives are fulfilled
in this description of subaltern schools: “Schools filled with students of color receive
less funding, but employ more inexperienced teachers. Accelerated programs and
classes remain less accessible for black and Latino students—just 1/3 of public
schools with high black and Latino enrollment offer calculus” (https://www.nytimes.
com/2017/09/08/magazine/education-by-the-numbers.html). Many are 90/90/90
charter schools—schools with 90% students of color, 90% students who fall below
federal poverty levels and 90% failing to meet educational standards (Rooks 2017).
These charters are not promoted in wealthy districts. Wealthy families would never
stand for the cheap, degraded education that employs untrained, low-wage teachers
(Teach for America), in schools that are located in office buildings in strip malls, that
often use virtual education instead of personal instruction, and whose curriculum is
dummied down to impoverished facts and tests.
Corporatized, privatized, neoliberal education cannibalizes society in the same
ways that neoliberal economics does. Rooks (2017, pp. 59–60) explains this:
Since the 1980s, organizations, philanthropies, and corporations have shown an increased
interest in schools that educate poor children who are not white.
According to a 2011 New York Times article, five Pennsylvania cyber charters received $200
million in tax money in 2010–2011, and Agora Cyber Charter, which is run by the for-profit
company K12, took in $31.6 million in 2013 alone from state taxpayers in Philadelphia. By
2015, cyber schools received over $60 million in per-student payments from the chronically
starved and often bankrupt school districts. To make matters worse, the companies who
run online and virtual schools are also consistently accused of financial impropriety. In
2011, the New York Times conducted a months-long investigation into virtual schools. By
way of summing up its overall findings, the article begins by showing how, in the realm of
education. what is good for business is not necessarily good for the students those businesses
claim to educate:
By almost every educational measure, the Agora Cyber Charter School is failing. Nearly
60 percent of its students are behind grade level in math. Nearly 50 percent trail in read-
ing. A third do not graduate on time. And hundreds of children, from kindergartners to
Lower Class Education 97
seniors, withdraw within months after they enroll. By Wall Street standards, though, Agora
is a remarkable success that has helped enrich K12 Inc., the publicly traded company that
manages the school. And the entire enterprise is paid for by taxpayers.
The amount of money involved, as well as the potential profit, is significant. One of the
largest companies providing virtual education, Agora Schools, was on track to earn $72
million in 2011, a number it has bested each succeeding year from 2011 to 2014, when out
of Agora’s $849 million in profit, $117 million came from its virtual schools division.
In Pennsylvania the district pays cyber schools as much per child as it pays to educate students
in brick-and-mortar schools. In 2016, most of Pennsylvania’s cyber schools had dismal
results. According to the state’s School Performance Profile website, only three—21st Cen-
tury, PA Cyber, and PA Virtual—had a score above 60. The state considers 60 and below
to be substandard. None of the cyber schools scored higher than 70, which is the state’s
minimum passing score for all schools, and some cyber schools in the study scored down in
the 30s. Such schools are neither inexpensive nor effective, yet they continue to expand.
In addition to questions about how effective cyber schools are in terms of a return on invest-
ment for taxpayer dollars, an issue of particular concern is the sector’s emphasis on serving
so-called high-risk students who don’t have the parental and other support structures that
research shows are necessary to make the most of the model. Poor, rural, and urban districts
are prime candidates, since cyber educators have explicitly stated that it is their business
strategy to go after kids who—because it is believed that they do not have motivated par-
ents—would demand the least from their educational experience. Students in foster care
and Native Americans schooled on their tribal homelands are two categories of students
targeted by virtual school providers in Florida. Targeting the most economically vulnerable
students ultimately yields cyber education businesses increased profits resulting from the
segrenomics of apartheid schools.
Corporations do not assist public programs, they divert public funds into corporate
programs. Corporations force the public to undermine its own interest while support-
ing corporate interests and control. And public education succumbs to this corporate
cooptation instead of insisting that corporations contribute to public programs for
public interest.
The abject failure of neoliberal educational reforms is proven by New Orleans
public schools where they have been implemented. In 2005, the state board of edu-
cation of Louisianna took control of New Orleans public schools after Hurricane
Katrina had devastated the poorest areas of the city. The state converted the schools
into charter schools that were mostly run by operators and financiers. The schools
and the State fired more than 7000 veteran teachers and school board employees,
and replaced them with unqualified, cheap instructors, delivering a crushing blow to
the city’s Black middle class, while augmenting the profit of the school owners.
According to a report in The New Orleans Advocate, Nov. 26, 2017 (http://
www.theadvocate.com/new_orleans/news/education/article_df3501c4-d156-11e7-
aa83-db6f4e8777e7.html). In 2017, all but four of New Orleans’ 86 public schools
are charters, and one of those four will close imminently. State rankings for most
New Orleans schools are on a three-year slide, with 65% of the schools dropping
from 2014 to 2017. Corporate Charter networks KIPP New Orleans Schools, New
Beginnings Schools Foundation, ReNEW Schools and Algiers Charter operate a
combined 23 schools. Only one of them improved its school performance score
from 2016 to 2017. Overall, New Orleans schools slid 14.2 points, from an overall
B to a C. In 2017, 34 of the city’s 84 schools with school performance scores (not
all schools include the grades that take state tests) were rated a D or an F. Eighteen
of them, including three alternative high schools, have had a D or an F three years
in a row.
In 2017, about 40% of the city’s schools got a D or an F, up from about 36% last
year. This is after closing 30 low performing schools since 2010. Even excluding
these 30 closed schools, the remaining schools suffered an overall decline. Finally,
this district of charter schools declined more than the public schools in Louisiana.
In summary, 12 years of neoliberal management has led to declining educational
achievements in schools.
Charter schools in other states suffered the same result. This is documented in
“Charters and Consequences,” researched by Network for Public Education, Nov
2017.
(https://networkforpubliceducation.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/
11/NPE-Report-Charters-and-Consequences.pdf?link_id=1&can_id=
28ad5115d77074e1b2f5276f558dd425&source=email-must-read-the-network-
for-public-education-releases-its-investigative-report-on-charter-schools&email_
referrer=email_264683&email_subject=must-read-the-network-for-public-
education-releases-its-investigative-report-on-charter-schools)
One of the largest charter chains in the United States, the Knowledge is Power Pro-
gram (KIPP), operates 209 schools with approximately 90,000 students. In neoliberal
fashion, it pays lucrative salaries to administrators while short-changing teachers and
students. While the foundation claimed to be operating at a $3 million dollar loss,
Lower Class Education 99
it managed to pay KIPP co-founder David Levin’s $475,000, just from the founda-
tion. Co-founder Mike Feinberg was paid $441,057. At Success Academy in New
York City, CEO Eva Moscowitz received $600,000 in 2014 for managing 41 charter
schools. Stuart J. Udell, CEO of the for-profit K-12 online charter provider has a base
salary was $650,000, and he received a performance-based bonus, equity incentives,
and a sign-on bonus of $400,000. In 2013, K12’s Colorado charter chain had a four-
year graduation rate of only 21.5%, so its CEO’s performance bonus clearly was not
based on the performance of the company’s students.
NPE did an analysis of the top-performing schools on the 2017 list and found
a number of surprises. The No. 1 school on the list was BASIS Charter School
Phoenix. Its 2016 graduating class had only 24 students and an attrition rate of 44%
from the entering ninth grade class. Since BASIS Phoenix does not have a free
or reduced-price lunch program, nor does it provide students with transportation,
it easily eliminated many low-income students. The school also pressures parents
to make a $1500 annual donation per child and charges high fees to participate in
sports and extracurricular activities. Its financial restrictions eliminate poor students
and ensure a wealthy, clientele that is backed by all the education preparation that
money provides.
Further evidence that the reforms are not working is Stanford University’s 2009
study of charter schools—the most comprehensive ever done. It concluded that 83%
of them perform either worse or no better than traditional public schools; a 2010
Vanderbilt University study showed definitively that merit pay for teachers does not
produce higher test scores for students; a National Research Council report con-
firmed multiple studies that show standardized test scores do not measure student
learning adequately. Gates and Broad helped to shape and fund two of the nation’s
most extensive and aggressive school reform programs—in Chicago and New York
City—but neither has produced credible improvement in student performance after
years of experimentation (Barkan 2011).
An additional case of the impact of neoliberal reform efforts in Chile shows
how neoliberal policy requirements in education—e.g., the standardized test-based
accountability apparatus imported into the country at the insistence of the World
Bank—worsen the position of lower SES students in public school. “The cost was
evidenced by increased fatalism, hopelessness, disengagement from school, civic
life and the dominant culture as well as students coming to view themselves, their
backgrounds and home life as the cause for academic failure—as opposed to income
inequality, persistent poverty, or social/cultural dislocation” (Cassell and Nelson
2013, pp. 257, 258).
The failure of lower class, privatized, education is understandable from our class
analysis of neoliberal education. Of course, pedagogy by inexperienced teachers who
direct students to memorize simplified, standardized information, devoid of concep-
tual and critical thinking, cannot cultivate intellectual, artistic, and social enrichment.
(Just as analogous conditions in privatized prisons cannot possibly rehabilitate crim-
inals.)
Its failure is inevitable given the explicit objective of degrading and exploiting
lower class education. It is exactly what the neoliberal upper class wants and needs
100 4 Neoliberal Education: Enforcer of the Neoliberal Class Structure
to maintain the pyramidal class structure that enriches and empowers the upper class.
This means that failure is functional; it is failure by design. The failure of lower class
education is actually success for the neoliberal system and its upper class. It cements
their empowerment and enrichment. The competing interests of the lower and upper
classes means that failure for one is success for the other, and success for the other
is failure for the one.
Privatization preserves the racial structure of capitalism as well. Researchers at
the Civil Rights Project at U.C.L.A. found, in a study of 40 states and several dozen
municipalities, that black students in charters are much more likely than their coun-
terparts in traditional public schools to be educated in an intensely segregated setting.
In a 2017 analysis, data journalists at The Associated Press found that charter
schools were significantly overrepresented among the country’s most racially isolated
schools. In other words, black and brown students have more or less resegregated
within charters, the very institutions that promised to equalize education (New York
Times, Aug 14, 2018, p. A23).
Neoliberals do everything possible to expand and protect their educational policy.
They supplement their educational programs with political support for politicians
who will implement them. The California Charter Schools Association (CCSA) and
its politically influential political action committee spent almost $2.3 million in 2016
to influence the Los Angeles school board election.
Corporate charter schools exemplify the neoliberal elitism that concentrates infor-
mation and decision-making in the hands of the capitalist class, and excludes the
populace from democratically monitoring and influencing the education of their
children. CCSA and its non-profit proxy (affiliate), CCSA Advocates, work together
to thwart legislative efforts that would increase charter oversight, such as AB 709
that would make charter board meetings public, allow the public to inspect charter
school records, and prohibit charter school officials from having a financial inter-
est in contracts that they enter into in their official capacity. All of the above are
expected of public schools. The California Charter Schools Association also fought
SB322, which would give charter school students the same reasonable, due process
rights afforded students who attend public schools, and SB 739 which would put
some restrictions on the ability of a district to open up “resource center” charters
in other counties, which led to the abuses described in the report (“Charters and
Consequences,” p. 5). Progressive Gov. Jerry Brown vetoed legislation in 2016 that
would have made charter schools more accountable.
Occasionally, neoliberal educators are surprisingly candid about neoliberal edu-
cational failures.
When Wisconsin’s voucher schools were shown to perform more poorly than their public
counterparts, the Walker administration’s response was to exempt voucher schools from
future testing requirements. Vouchers are valuable because they create choice, the governor’s
spokesman insisted, regardless of their performance.
The education policy director at the corporate-funded American Enterprise Institute likewise
explains that “20 years in, it’s hard to argue that the nation’s biggest and most established
voucher experiment has ‘worked’ if the measure is whether vouchers lead to higher reading
and math scores. Happily, that’s never been my preferred metric for structural reforms….
Lower Class Education 101
These spokesmen are saying that they want education to serve political ends, not
academic ends. Education is to wean people from government services and plans and
onto self-reliance, individualism, personal responsibility and choice—all of which
subject people to the capitalist market and the ideology of individual freedom. This
political-economic goal, not educational enlightenment, is the purpose and objective
of neoliberal education.
Actually, even this admission is disingenuous. It does not explain the deliberate
degradation of pedagogy in neoliberal schools—i.e., the teaching of simple, stan-
dardized information that is routinely tested by standardized tests. This form of
knowledge and this form of pedagogy are an important emphasis in neoliberal edu-
cation that has nothing to do with encouraging individual choice. It is an element
of the socioeconomic exploitation and stagnation within capitalist society that dis-
possesses and displaces and de-skills masses of people, and relegates them to an
unsupported, uneducated, lower class. Neoliberal education prepares people for this
condition by cultivating a lower class habitus that adapts to subservience and lack of
opportunity, and is deprived of cognitive and motivational and social competencies
that could transform it. Educational failure is a necessary element of neoliberalism
that is deliberately cultivated and administered—just as all colonial mentality is a
necessary, cultivated, administered habitus. This is what standardized testing moni-
tors. It monitors the extent to which pupils have acquired the lower class habitus that
is necessary for adapting to the stagnating, exploitive, capitalist economy. Success
on these tests indicates that the lower class habitus has been successfully groomed
and contoured, and that the class structure is holding together!
Additional evidence that neoliberal education is a race to the bottom for oppres-
sive, mystifying, and stultifying education, is the embrace of conservative, extremist
religious schools into this movement. A chilling report describes this:
Rebecca Klein: I found that just over 7,000 schools around the country participated in a
voucher or a tax credit program, that three quarters of the schools were religious and that
about 30 percent were using a curriculum provided by either Abeka, Accelerated Christian
Education or Bob Jones. In the vast majority of states that have these programs there is zero
oversight over what schools and voucher and tax credit programs are teaching. Quite literally
zero.
Klein: Abeka is affiliated with Pensacola Christian College is a really far right evangelical
school in Florida. Bob Jones University Press was developed from professors at Bob Jones
University, which famously lost its tax exempt status a few decades ago because it had banned
interracial dating on campus. Accelerated Christian Education or ACE is probably the most
extreme provider of curriculum of the three.
Its classrooms are really radical. There’s no teacher providing lesson plans or having any type
of back and forth with students. Instead, ACE students sit in cubicles where they’re separated
from the nearest peer. All day they’re expected to sift silently through workbooks. There’s no
active teaching going on. And if a child has a question they have either an American flag or a
102 4 Neoliberal Education: Enforcer of the Neoliberal Class Structure
Christian flag that they’ll raise to get the attention of the class supervisor. And the supervisors
don’t need to have college degrees. In fact it’s considered a detriment for supervisors to have
a background in education. Instead ACE prefers that they have a background in religion.
Klein: It only takes a few pages to see that these textbooks are extremely pro free-market and
anti-union. Unions are equated with laziness. The textbooks also take an extremely favor-
able view of public leaders like Ronald Reagan and extremely negative view of presidents
like Bill Clinton. For example, one textbook I looked at connected some of the obstacles
that Bill Clinton faced to his support for pro-choice causes. So not only are these schools
pushing a specific view of the world with regards to science, they’re also pushing a very spe-
cific worldview politically. It’s clear that these schools want students to have very specific
types of families and that they expect them to engage in specific kinds of political activ-
ities. (https://www.alternet.org/voucher-schools-are-teaching-kids-right-wing-propaganda?
akid=16642.152322.Ck6QZ6&rd=1&src=newsletter1087848&t=6)
An ACE textbook reads: “It was considered God’s will that this vastly superior
American culture should spread to all corners of the North American continent.” “The
benighted Indians would be among the many beneficiaries of God’s provision.”
(https://www.huffingtonpost.com/entry/school-voucher-evangelical-education-
betsy-devos_us_5a021962e4b04e96f0c6093c).
This is welcomed in the charter school movement for lower class education. It
reinforces the education that mystifies and stupefies the lower class to prepare them
to adjust to extreme neoliberal oppression.
These features of neoliberal education are psychological tools which directly form
the form, content, function, and operating mechanisms of neoliberal psychological
phenomena.
Chapter 5
Ideology: Culture Obscuring Itself to Its
People
The wealth of evidence about neoliberal society documents that neoliberal capitalism
is oppressive at its core. This oppressive core is deliberately extended throughout the
system of diverse cultural factors. This oppression is systemic, intentional, necessary,
planned, routine, administered, ubiquitous, essential, functional, and profitable. It is
neither accidental, nor coincidental, nor occasional, nor anomalous/abnormal, nor
undesirable, nor dysfunctional (see Ratner 2017c).
This social-psychological oppression is complex and insidious. It is not simple
and transparent. The reason is that it is obfuscated. Oppression is best maintained
by obscuring it, so that people cannot rebel against its fundamental causes, extent,
features, and effects. Instead, they will rebel against superficial symptoms. Ideology
is the main force that obfuscates and preserves oppression. Ideology is an element
of oppression that denies, minimizes, and misrepresents oppression. It is a cultural
element that denies, minimizes, and misrepresents culture. Ideology is obviously
crucial for forming psychology. It distorts psychology so that it cannot perceive,
sense, comprehend, and analyze neoliberal society. It is critical to recognize that
psychology in neoliberal society is deliberately and systematically mystified in order
to preserve its social oppression. In other words, psychology is oppressed, and part
of its oppression is not knowing that it is oppressed. Psychology does not know itself
or its society because its society wants to hide the social oppression of social life and
mental life. This is central to understanding and predicting neoliberal psychology.
Ideology casts a beneficent patina over oppression. This includes at least five
techniques:
1. Deny the truth of oppressive features of society. I.e., “deny true negative features.”
2. Fabricate false positive features of society. Present capitalist social relations as
fulfilling.
3. Acknowledge certain injurious effects of oppression with the caveat that they
are sacrifices that ultimately lead to improvement and fulfillment. These sac-
rifices include economic disruption—as when public, social support programs
are eliminated, which plunges masses of people into poverty and destabiliza-
tion, but which are rationalized as temporary disruptions that are necessary to
correct waste and inefficiency and external threats (see IMF economists, Ostry
et al. 2016). Thus, even bad is ultimately, and essentially good. Capitalism can
be improved by intensifying capitalist principles and practices.
In fact, ideology rationalizes a higher, centralized, political, bad, not a higher
good. Ideology protects institutionalized bad by calling it good, and then labelling
opposition as bad—when opposition is actually good.
4. Acknowledge certain injurious effects of oppression while attributing them to
extraneous factors—e.g., mistakes, human frailty, psychobiological factors—that
ignore the real causes of problems in the political economy.
An example is the popular outcry at gun violence in the United States that is
involved in 12,000 homicides and 67,000 assaults annually. This widespread
social problem is never attacked at its roots, which include violent tendencies
of neoliberalism that we have documented, and the prevalent media models that
glamorize violence as a solution to problems. This glamorization rests upon
the neoliberal notion of the autonomous individual who heroically defends his
autonomy against social intrusions. This massive social problem is narrowed to
a concern with mass shootings, which is killing at least 3 individuals at one time.
Only a few hundred people are killed in mass shootings. Yet all the concern
over gun violence is focused on this rare, extreme, sensationalistic even. The
remaining tens of thousands of victims of gun violence are ignored. This is not
a personal issue of ignoring unfortunate individuals. It is a social-political issue
of ignoring the broad social causes of this massive social problem. The whole
point of focusing upon rare, extreme, sensational cases is to narrow attention
to individual causes of bizarre events, rather than to comprehend social causes
of social problems. The relatively few cases of extreme, bizarre, sensational gun
violence are packaged in a way that makes them appear unrelated to neoliberalism
in general. They appear to be caused by a few disturbed individuals. Mass media
spends days of news coverage tracing every personal flaw in mass shooters’
background. Broad social causes of violence are never mentioned because that
would incite critique of the social system. The entire solution to gun violence
is similarly ideological in focusing reforms on restricting access to guns by
dangerous people, and also restricting access to high powered guns that can kill
many people quickly. This focus upon individuals and gun technology ignores
the massive social causes of massive gun violence. This is ideology. It ignores
the social psychology of why people want and use guns. Without transforming
these macro issues, individuals will feel the threat of violence, and the thrill of
heroically defending themselves with weapons.This is why Americans strongly
defend their right to own and use guns (Ratner 2017c).
5. Obfuscate viable alternatives to the status quo to appear as oppressive and inef-
fective and unnecessary. E.g., neoliberals distort universal health care, or genuine
socialism, in order to forestall alternatives to capitalism.
Of course, ideological obfuscation of oppression is not perfect, and some of the
reality may become visible. This is dangerous to social stability. Ideology requires
reinforcement by medicalization that narcotizes people to cement their ignorance,
5 Ideology: Culture Obscuring Itself to Its People 105
Neoliberal capitalism did not invent ideology. Ideology obfuscates any and all
social oppression. Its origin is the origin of social oppression. And this origin is social
class. All class societies invoke ideology to beautify themselves (Holborow 2015;
Larrain 1979). Even slave societies rationalized their oppression with an ideological
construct that slaves were naturally a lower, incompetent race who needed, and ben-
efited from, slave owners’ management of their lives. All oppressive, class societies
devise particular forms of ideological beautification/legitimation which they con-
tribute to the historical mix of other forms. All such societies also draw on historical
forms to supplement its own.
For example, Western neoliberalism creates individualistic forms of ideology
(such as entrepreneurialism) that it employs in conjunction with pre-capitalist ide-
ologies such as Christianity. Chinese neoliberal ideology incorporates strands of
neoliberal individualism and psychologism, along with Chinese constructs, and even
Marxism (which we shall discuss momentarily) to cloak its neoliberal economic
practices in a patina of people-oriented, community-oriented images.
The oppressive, political basis and function of ideology means that it does not
exist in free, democratic, collective, classless, societies which are controlled by the
people to maximize their fulfillment. In these societies, ignorance and error exist,
however, the mystifying and stultifying of people to unwittingly accept oppression by
a ruling class, does not exist. Because oppressive regimes use ideology to legitimize
themselves, the existence of ideology in a society is an indicator of its oppressiveness.
Ideology is a major psychological tool, or technique of subjectification, that orga-
nizes psychological phenomena in neoliberal capitalism (and other class societies)
(Loveman 2005). Ideology must occupy psychologists’ scientific understanding of
culture and psychology, as well as our political understanding, goals, and strategies.
Ideology should comprise an entire specialty within psychology, including research,
publications, and courses. I will introduce this field here and in the next chapter. This
exposition extends initial analyses of ideology in psychology that has been developed
within the work of macro cultural psychology (Ratner 2011, 2014a, b, 2015, 2016a,
2017a, b, c, 2018b, c, 2019). A few critical psychologists have discussed ideology,
as well (Billig et al. 1988; Wetherell and Potter 1992).
Ideology interacts with other macro cultural factors to shape psychological phe-
nomena. That is its importance for neoliberal psychology that we shall examine in
the next chapter.
5 Ideology: Culture Obscuring Itself to Its People 107
When we are laid off from work, it is experienced according to the cultural mean-
ings that we apply to it. We might interpret it as a tragedy, or as an opportunity
for advancement to a more fulfilling job. Ideology is this kind of meaning-giving
mechanism. It explains, describes, predicts events and it directs one’s reaction to
them. For this reason, ideology is more important for our psychology than the fact
of unemployment, per se. Ideology determines whether we become angry or hurt or
joyful or optimistic or pessimistic or violent or resigned; it determines our motivation
for alternative activities; it determines our predictions for our future; it determines
our self-concept that results from the event.2
There are three vital reasons we must study ideology.
(1) To understand—explain, describe, and predict—human psychology (in oppres-
sive societies), particularly neoliberal psychology. Ideology complicates psy-
chology. For the subject is exposed to the influence of neoliberal reality as
well as its ideological obfuscation. This makes neoliberal psychology full of
contradictions, unarticulated, incomplete senses of social reality that have been
denied and stunted by ideology. Vygotsky described this situation in the fol-
lowing words: “The various internal contradictions which are to be found in
different social systems find their expression both in the type of personality
and in the structure of human psychology in that historical period” (Vygotsky
1994b, p. 176).
(2) To understand neoliberalism and oppressive societies that require ideology and
are sustained by ideology.
(3) To understand emancipation from oppressive society and psychology. This
requires that we develop effective strategies to counter ideology along with
the oppressions that generate it and are sustained by it.
An objective, concentrated, analysis of ideology is necessary because ideology is dif-
ficult to apprehend; it is not transparent; it is not self-affirming. It does not announce
itself as an obfuscating mechanism of oppression. To do so would be to delegitimate
itself (nobody would believe it once it is known to obscure things). Without ideol-
ogy to conceal it, oppression would be exposed and challenged. Ideology must be
self-denying in order to perform its obscurantist function of protecting the status quo
from challenge.
Ideology is a double obfuscation, a compound obfuscation. It denies itself as well
as the reality it denies. Ideology disguises oppressive reality, and it disguises the
fact that oppressive reality is being disguised by ideology as beneficent. This makes
oppression appear to really be beneficent.
Ideology is a convoluted phenomenon. It is an element of (oppressive) social
reality, required by it, and functional for it; while simultaneously obscuring and con-
tradicting that social reality which spawns and requires ideology. Ideology’s obfus-
cation of reality is a vital component of that reality that enables the reality to exist.
This self-obscuring obfuscation is a component of peoples’ cultural psychology. In
a trenchant statement Bourdieu said, “misrecognition of the reality of class relations
is an integral part of the reality of those relations” (Bourdieu 1980/1990, p. 136).
108 5 Ideology: Culture Obscuring Itself to Its People
Sources of Ideology
Ideology has two social sources. One is the deliberate, intentional obfuscating of
oppressive social reality by social leaders who benefit from oppression of others
and need to obscure this condition. Margaret Thatcher’s ideological comments that
deny her own oppressive policies exemplify this. We may call this kind of ideology,
“intentional ideology” which is deliberate mystification.
Ideology also originates from a second source. This second source of ideology
lies in the opaque or contradictory or superficial character of certain macro cultural
factors themselves. Their opaqueness, contradictoriness, and appearance make their
oppressiveness difficult to discern and easy to mistake. I call this “intrinsic ideology.”
It is inherent in certain conditions rather being deliberately fabricated for political
objectives of enrichment and empowerment.
An example of intrinsic ideology is a labor contract. Marx explains that the labor
contract is (in part) an individual negotiation between the worker and employer that
is agreeable to both. There is a market exchange of labor power for a wage. This
element makes capitalist wage labor appear to be fairly compensated and voluntary.
However, there are also oppressive elements of this labor contract which are opaque.
One element is the unequal bargaining position of the two parties. The job seeker
has limited wealth with which to support himself while he searches for work. He is
compelled by his economic position to accept wages that are not satisfactory. The
employer, on the other hand, has substantial wealth that can tide her over until she
encounters a job seeker who will accept her wage. The unequal power of two sides
is not directly visible in the circumscribed, interpersonal, negotiation process.
Intentional Ideology 109
Intentional Ideology
Entrepreneurial Ideology
ety that they called the Mount Pelerin Society. It later became institutionalized within
the University of Chicago department of economics.
The 1947 conference was convened by Friedrich Hayek, who invited 39 scholars,
mostly economists (including Milton Friedman and Gary Becker), with some his-
torians and philosophers, to discuss the state of classical liberalism, or unregulated
capitalism. They sought to abolish the regulations on free capitalism that the Keyne-
sian New Deal had imposed. Liberalism recreated and resurrected is neoliberalism
(Kotz 2002; Demartino 2002).
Mont Pelerin founders did not discuss unregulated capitalism in terms that reflect
the facts I presented in the Preface, and at the beginning of this chapter. Instead,
they phrased classical and neoliberal capitalism in benevolent, neutral terms about
promoting freedom, expression, and fulfillment for all individuals, who participated
in the free market economy. The market was said to consist of free, equal, private
property holders exchanging goods and services at equal value. That is why the
Society and its concepts were ideological.
Gary Becker wrote, “Human capital analysis starts with the assumption that indi-
viduals decide on their education, training, medical care, and other additions to
knowledge and health by weighing the benefits and costs” (in Holborow 2015, p. 26).
Hayek similarly states that neoliberalism empowers individuals to become
entrepreneurs of their economic condition, educational level, housing condition,
medical care, etc.: “it is desirable that men should develop their own individual
gifts and bents” (Hayek 1944). Individuals making their own choices, capacities, and
results renders social systems, classes, power and politics unnecessary and unwanted
in human behavior. Individuals solve their own problems with their own resources;
they do not rely upon systems, governments, conditions, policies, or governance.
“The recognition of his own views and tastes as supreme in his own sphere, however
narrowly that may be circumscribed, and the belief that it is desirable that men should
develop their own individual gifts and bents” (1944).
Individual independence is said to be based in private property that can be utilized
as its owner decides: “the private property system is the most important guarantee of
liberty, not only for the proprietors, but also for the proletarians. We can only decide
in our personal capacity what we are to do if all the means of production are in the
hands of many independent persons” (ibid.).
We must bear in mind that Hayek’s notion is abstract, in the sense that he does not
bother about exactly how much property or freedom one has. No matter how narrowly
it may be circumscribed, it is still valuable. This is a major internal contradiction; for
Hayek admits that there are vast differences between proprietors and proletarians in
the size of their own sphere—e.g., property and freedom—however, this concreteness
is irrelevant. He is accepting the class system of power and wealth (proletarians and
proprietors) but disregards it as irrelevant for freedom. This absurdity is the basis
of neoliberalism’s self-definition by its most eminent spokesman. This absurdity is
ideological because it obfuscates real, concrete features of socioeconomic relations
by postulating an abstract notion of freedom and independence and fulfillment that
is completely divorced from real constraints and opportunities. It concludes that
everyone is free in the system of private property, even when they are not free and
112 5 Ideology: Culture Obscuring Itself to Its People
own little or no property. It condones and legitimizes capitalism as free for everyone,
when this is completely false. It never considers how private property is used or what
its real effects are. It never considers the fact that capitalist property in the form of
businesses, gives the owners autocratic rights over their employees, and also enables
owners to exploit employees for profit. This is lost in the praise of private property
itself, and the ability of proletarians to buy miniscule forms of property.
Neoliberal ideology postulates that everyone is free by owning any property,
even the tiniest bit; and even the smallest owner is as free as the largest owner.
With this fictitious assurance, neoliberals promote private property that includes vast
socioeconomic class differences in wealth, power, and standard of living.
Hayek sought to distract attention from this economic stifling of freedom in the
vast majority of people by favorably comparing it to autocratic government: “The
power which a multiple millionaire, who may be my neighbor and perhaps my
employer, has over me is very much less than that which the smallest functionaire
possesses who wields the coercive power of the state, and on whose discretion it
depends whether and how I am to be allowed to live or to work” (Hayek 1944).
Multiple examples earlier in this book disprove Hayek’s comment. Capitalists control
all the workings of capitalist society, far more so than small government functionaires;
capitalists decide whether and how people are allowed to work and for what wage, far
more than government functionaries do. Of course, capitalists control government
functionaries as well, through lobbying and appointing bureau chiefs.
Hayek’s lie is designed to free capitalism from any and all government regulation
so that it can be even more rapacious, not so that it can promote freedom for all.
The hypocrisy of the Mount Pelerin pronouncements is evident in the rapacious
character of neoliberalism that we have documented. Mount Pelerin hypocrisy is
additionally revealed in its own close ties to, and support for, corporate capitalism.
This is brilliantly explained by Nik-Khah & Van Horn (2016). The founding meeting
of the Mount Pelerin Society was financed by the stalwart capitalist icon, the Bank
of England, along with the Volcer Fund that was headed by Harold Luhnow. Luhnow
went on to pay F. A. Hayek’s salary at the University of Chicago; he also funded
lectures that Milton and Rose Friedman delivered. From the outset, then, the neolib-
eral intellectuals were wedded to, dependent upon, and spokesmen for corporate
capitalists, not the common man.
An early project of the Mont Pelerin Society was the Antitrust Project. The official
ideology of the Society would suggest that its researchers would support antitrust
policies in order to further competition of independent individuals on the free mar-
ket. However, the Project concluded that vertical mergers did not enhance monopoly
power, and therefore should always be legal. This conclusion reveals the true corpo-
rate interests of the Society which contradict its free market ideology. Concentration
of wealth and power in massive, collective, monopolized, capitalist, institutions are
acceptable.
About 30 years after the antitrust project, the Reagan administration appointed
many of these economists to its Antitrust Division of the Department of Justice,
where they echoed the Project’s arguments and approved waves of monopolization.
“Free market” neoliberals from the Mont Pelerin Society also worked for Thatcher
Entrepreneurial Ideology 113
to impoverish the British populace and restrict its free choices, as I have documented
earlier.
Another member of the Mont Pelerin Society moved to the University of Chicago
in 1958, George Stigler. Stigler’s stature at Chicago was bolstered by the Walgreen
Foundation, which had been established by a grant from the drugstore magnate
Charles Walgreen, and was placed under Stigler’s direction. Thus, another free mar-
ket, private property, competitive market ideologist was actually a functionary of
corporate capitalism. In addition, Stigler specialized in politics, and he used neolib-
eral political-economics to justify imperialism, which is the direct opposite of free
market negotiation and freedom.
Nik-Khah and Van Horn (2016) explain that the individualistic ideology of the
Chicago school of neoliberal economics is not a democratic ethos. It emphasized pri-
vate, individual decisions to control one’s own private property and life activity; the
Chicago school economists did not endorse democracy which is majority rule over
minority desires. Democracy binds the minority to the majority decision, and this
infringes upon individual freedom. However, this rationale for eschewing democracy
in favor of individual freedom is specious. For we have seen that the capitalist market
crushes individual freedom in the process of empowering and enriching the capital-
ist class. Since neoliberals do not protect real individual freedom in practice, their
individualistic rationale for opposing democracy is specious. The real reason is to jus-
tify autocratic, capitalist management over employees and the populace. Eschewing
democracy legitimated autocracy, it did not preserve universal, individual freedom.
The founding of the intellectual/academic wing of neoliberalism demonstrates that
from day one, the public pronouncements by neoliberal intellectuals about neolib-
eralism were a lie. They were an intentional ideology. They said they were seeking
to preserve classical liberalism of the individual entrepreneur against collectivism
and interventionism, while they actually promoted the concentration of capital in the
hands of monopoly capitalists, by redistributing it from the populace. The academics,
themselves, produced recommendations for policy that favored massive concentra-
tion of wealth in monopolized corporations, supported by close political ties at the
highest levels of government. From the outset—and continuing until today and into
the future—neoliberalism was internally duplicitous.
This example demonstrates that neoliberals know that individualism does not gen-
erate wealth and power. Collectivism does, which is what neoliberals promote for
themselves. They have constructed a maze of collective institutions to promote their
interests—such as the Chamber of Commerce, the American Legislative Exchange
Council, Business Roundtable. Neoliberals only promote individual entrepreneurial-
ism for the oppressed working people, as when neoliberals oppose unions as restrict-
ing workers’ individual independence. Neoliberals know that this kind of individual-
ism destroys the collective unity that is necessary for true gains for working people.
The fact that neoliberals promote entrepreneurialism proves that it is oppressive,
because they only promote values and policies that empower and enrich themselves
by oppressing the populace. They never promote values and policies that empower
and enrich the populace, because that reduces capitalist power and wealth. Neolib-
erals promote anti-union policies because they know that individual workers can
114 5 Ideology: Culture Obscuring Itself to Its People
never resist capitalist wealth and power—just as they know that individual capital-
ists can never empower and enrich themselves vis a vis the workers, and need strong
collective organizations to do so.
Neoliberals also contradict their anti-government ideology when they use gov-
ernment to impose neoliberal policies while eradicating community policies.
Thus, neoliberal entrepreneurialism uses top-down, state-imposed, laws to estab-
lish neoliberal social relations. Neoliberal entrepreneurialism does not use its own
entrepreneurial procedures of market negotiation amongst individuals to establish
itself.
This is illustrated in American labor contracts. Contracts in the private sector
contain clauses that prohibit employees from banding together to file class action
grievances against employers. They require employees to handle their grievances
individually through arbitration with their employers. This “entrepreneurial proce-
dure” of individual negotiation is imposed on employees by employers as a condition
of employment. There is no negotiation about the requirement to negotiate one-on-
one. Again, neoliberalism contradicts its ideology in practice. A U.S. Supreme Court
decision in May, 2018 upheld this condition. The reason that employers and the State
support individual arbitration over class action is that it disempowers employees and
empowers employers. Individual employees do not have legal resources to defend
themselves in arbitration. A class action suit enables many employees to combine
their resources for a legal defense of the entire group at one time. Moreover, employee
success rate in arbitration is much lower than it is in class action suits which are
heard by a jury. Finally, compensation for grievances are much lower in arbitration
cases than in class action cases. “A 2015 Cornell University study found workers
win just 21% of arbitration cases, compared to 57% of cases in state court. Work-
ers won in arbitration $109,000, on average; $575,000 in state court” (https://www.
democracynow.org/2018/5/23/supreme_court_deals_blow_to_workers).
Additional demonstration of the impoverishment that individualistic, market-
based, individualism causes, compared to the enrichment that public services cause
is the realm of housing.
Government housing support from the 1930s through the 1960s helped equal-
ize home ownership among classes and races—i.e., it overcame class and racial
inequalities. Under neoliberal repeal of government support, class inequalities have
re-emerged as individuals are dependent upon their individual incomes which are a
function of their class and race: “The homeownership gap between whites and African
Americans, which had been shrinking since the 1970s [because of the Fair Housing
Act in 1968], has exploded since the housing bust of 2008. It is now wider than it was
during the Jim Crow era.” This is true for wealth in general: “The latest figures from
the U.S. Census Bureau show the median net worth for an African American family
is $9,000, compared with $132,000 for a white family” (https://www.revealnews.
org/article/for-people-of-color-banks-are-shutting-the-door-to-homeownership/).
Neoliberals contradict their own individualistic ideology about society. They
claim that society is nothing but individuals who are free of structures and programs.
Neoliberals deny the possibility of conceptualizing, studying, and administering a
coherent social system. This belief stems from glorifying the free market as superior
Entrepreneurial Ideology 115
mentalists, workers, or union members. No hearings were held that solicited input
from the public or even expert economists. This neoliberal act contravened every
principle of neoliberal ideology. But it conformed to every principle of neoliberal
political-economic practice.
Furthermore, at the very moment that neoliberals were writing their individu-
alistic concoctions of capitalism—after World War II—capitalism had entered its
monopoly stage of concentration of capital and property, driven by the very capi-
talists who were supposed to value individual private property and independence!
Foster (2018) explains this in detail. Monopolization has increased exponentially in
recent decades as neoliberal, individualistic, economic theory has become dominant.
Global mergers and acquisitions in 2017 exceeded three trillion dollars for the fourth
straight year. Half the world’s wealth is owned by 1% of the world’s population!
This was all achieved under neoliberal policies. This is not a system of independent,
individual entrepreneurs managing their private capital on the free market. The cap-
italist monopolization of scientific research was indicated with an example in the
Introduction.
Indeed, under neoliberal capitalism, entrepreneurs compose a miniscule sub-set
of businesses: only 9% in the neoliberal United States, and 20% in Mexico (http://
stats.oecd.org/index.aspx?queryid=54674).
Nor do small, entrepreneurial firms generate most of the employment in the USA.
Small firms, less than 250 employees, generate 46% of employment. In contrast,
0.5% of corporations (19,454 firms) that employ over 250 employees, generate 54%
of employment and provide 59% of the payroll (U.S. Census Bureau 2017). This state
of affairs is the result of neoliberal political-economic policies which reversed the
dominance of small firms (in employment) under the New Deal in 1933 (https://www.
bls.gov/bdm/entrepreneurship/entrepreneurship.htm). Thus, the Keynsian, govern-
ment regulations (that were abhorred by neoliberal economists for squelching smaller
entrepreneurs) encouraged more employment in small businesses (relative to large
firms) than the neoliberal “free market,” “entrepreneurial” policies have.
Under neoliberalism, most wealth is accumulated by the largest, monopolized,
industries, not by smaller firms or by individual entrepreneurs: “From 1997 to 2012
the average revenues of the top four firms in a given industry rose from 24 to 33%
of total industry revenues. Over the same period, investment returns for nonfinancial
firms in the 90th percentile “grew 160%” while firms “in 25th percentile grew only
2%” (Edsall 2018).
The poster boy of neoliberalism—financialization—completely contradicts its
individualistic ideology. Financialization is a growing role for financial markets,
financial institutions and financial motives in the economy. This continued financial-
ization that had developed in the late 19th century and in the 1920s.
Schieber and Casselman (2018) tell us that monopolization is one of its corner-
stones: “since the 1970s the finance (including insurance) sector share of all-economy
out-put, value-added and employment has grown only modestly (indeed in the case
of employment, not at all), but its share of profits has grown dramatically.” “Banking
in the United States has remained disproportionately profitable—indeed, has become
increasingly profitable—because the increase in competition theoretically necessary
Entrepreneurial Ideology 117
to reduce profitability has signally failed to transpire. As banking has gotten more
profitable it has in fact gotten less competitive; and the two developments are causally
related.” Monopolization has prevented competitors from entering the financial sec-
tor and driving down the rate of profit. Today, 6 banks dominate the entire industry
in the US. This entirely contradicts the ideological fiction of neoliberalism as free
market economics among competing individual producers and sellers.
Monopolization is profitable throughout the economy, because it reduces workers’
options for high wages at competing companies. Over the past 30 years, workers’
cut of companies’ revenue had fallen most in industries where concentration had
increased the most (see also Christophers 2018; Edsall 2018).
In capitalist ideology, the middle class is the crux of entrepreneurs. However,
the American middle class is vanishing—this began in the 1970s with the rise of
neoliberalism—thus refuting the ideology of entrepreneurial growth (Temin 2017).
Moreover, “The richest four hundred individuals in the United States now exercise a
degree of influence over society comparable to that of the rulers of ancient Rome.”
Politics refute the notion of free entrepreneurs expressing their ideals: “more than
60% of all personal campaign contributions in 2012 came from less than 0.5% of
the population.” “On average, from 2000 to 2010, business typically outspent labor
unions by ten to one in federal elections” (Lafer 2017, Kindle Locations 185–186,
194–195, 203–204).
Neoliberals are so duplicitous that they lie about their own anti-entrepreneurial
policies in order to maintain the fiction that they practice entrepreneurialism. The
Chamber of Commerce, for example, publicly lobbied Congress in support of the
Obama administration’s stimulus bill for big business in 2009 but the next year
hypocritically campaigned against a Senate candidate on the grounds that he voted
for it and thus drove up the national debt (Lafer 2017, Kindle Locations 623–624).
All of the neoliberal labor practices we described earlier oppress workers, they
do not empower or emancipate or enrich them. In fact, any opposition from labor is
punished. Employees’ criticisms of working conditions that are emailed or posted
online lead to termination.
Neoliberal ideology does not describe neoliberal economic reality. It is not sup-
posed to. It is supposed to disguise the organized, centralized, systemic oppression
and exploitation and commodification conducted by ever more wealthy, powerful,
political, hegemonic capitalists with mythical ideology of small, independent, middle
class, producers and consumers of commodities on the free market. The ideological
terms “entrepreneur” and “entrepreneurship” connote adopting certain capitalist
values and social relations—accepting the precarious labor and consumer market,
competing with other people and instrumentalizing them, commodifying yourself as
human capital that you work hard to acquire, and then market, assume responsibility
for your own successes and failures while absolving social conditions for any
responsibility—under the illusion that they make you an independent, successful,
CEO of your life, when they actually subjugate you to oppressive capitalist practices
that have been described earlier.
This is revealed by looking at what neoliberal entrepreneurs actually do. A few of
them fulfill the image that the ideology connotes. A few consultants and professionals
118 5 Ideology: Culture Obscuring Itself to Its People
(e.g., architects) have small businesses that fit the image. However, the vast majority
of entrepreneurs do not. The term is increasingly applied to workers who have been
displaced from work organizations and left to find work on their own. They work at the
same kinds of jobs and conditions as previously, however deprived of organizational
stability or support. This is important to comprehend because the psychology of
these entrepreneurs is affected by their real socioeconomic conditions, which must
be known in order to hypothesize about, research, and explain neoliberal psychology.
Uber drivers exemplify the precarity of entrepreneurial work that is mystified
by neoliberal ideology. Uber drivers are private contractors who serve as taxi
drivers. Uber calls its drivers transportation entrepreneurs because they are con-
tract workers. However, Uber sets the wages it pays its drivers! It frequently lowers
these wages in order to attract more customers and acquire greater market share.
Thus, company interests determine drivers’ income. “Entrepreneurial” drivers are
exploited for company profit. A BuzzFeed investigation in 2016 estimated that Uber
drivers earn low wages. Drivers in Denver earn $13.17 per hour after expenses,
Uber drivers in Houston earn $10.75 per hour after expenses, and Uber drivers
in Detroit earn $8.77 per hour. These wages are similar to those in Walmart. The
Detroit wage for transportation entrepreneurs is the level of the Michigan mini-
mum wage (https://www.buzzfeed.com/carolineodonovan/internal-uber-driver-pay-
numbers?utm_term=.vpMLzMEOz#.nhvk7K4Y7). Uber drivers receive no health
care.
Meanwhile, Travis Kalanick, the former CEO of Uber and one of the founders,
has a net worth of $4.8 billion. This is generated, not by entrepreneurial market nego-
tiations, but by exploiting employees and controlling the State to pass legislation that
is favorable to Uber. “Uber and Lyft in 2016 had 370 active lobbyists in 44 states,
“dwarfing some of the largest business and technology companies,” according to the
National Employment Law Project. “Together, Uber and Lyft lobbyists outnumbered
Amazon, Microsoft, and Walmart combined.” The two companies, like many lobby-
ing firms, also hire former government regulators. The former head of the New York
City Taxi and Limousine Commission, for example, is now on the board of Uber. The
companies have used their money and their lobbyists, most of whom are members of
the Democratic Party, to free themselves from the regulations and oversight imposed
on the taxi industry. The companies using ride-hail apps have flooded New York City
with about 100,000 unregulated cars in the past two years” (https://www.truthdig.
com/articles/the-gig-economy-is-the-new-term-for-serfdom/). Uber is uber capital-
ism—neoliberal capitalism—it is not free market, independent entrepreneurialism.
The basis and objective of the gig economy is to create disenfranchised, alienated
laborers who are exploited by the capitalist class for their profit. Labor costs for gig
workers are 25% lower than costs for employees who perform the same work. “IBM,
in 2013 enhanced its profits by firing thousands of employees, using crowdsourcing
as a new employment tool to “rehire the workers as contracts for specific projects
as and when necessary,” that is, as crowdwork freelancers, without benefits—they
became “independent contractors” (Coles 2018, pp. 81–82).
Entrepreneurial Ideology 119
wrote that “Despotism may be the only organizational alternative to the political
structure that we observe” (https://www.alternet.org/meet-economist-behind-one-
percents-stealth-takeover-america?src=newsletter1092802). This is what freedom
under neoliberal economics actually amounts to.
Intentional ideology is a distortion of reality for political purposes. It is a nether
world outside the realm of truth and fact that cannot be corrected through a discus-
sion/narrative about facts. Ideology deliberately causes ignorance, error, and confu-
sion in the service of oppression. Arendt (1967) sagely warned of the consequences
of this intentional distortion of reality: “The result of a consistent and total substi-
tution of lies for factual truth is not that the [particular] lie will now be accepted as
truth and truth be defamed as a lie, but that the sense by which we take our bearings
in the real world—and the category of truth versus falsehood is among the mental
means to this end—is being destroyed” (p. 308).
than before. It is more difficult to comprehend and navigate and negotiate this alien,
impersonal system. She is forced to accept lower wage, precarious, strictly regu-
lated, unskilled, jobs. Every action from her past and present is scrutinized by the
enterprise’s personnel from social media to evaluate her suitability to the enterprise.
Nothing she does is free from this alien, autocratic scrutiny. That is precisely what
neoliberal capitalism needs and wants, as I have documented.
Entrepreneurialism is therefore an ideological distortion of the shredding of choice
and responsibility that people have in neoliberalism. It exaggerates and idealizes
these circumscribed, alienated neoliberal activities into a phantasmagoric nirvana of
absolute freedom, agency, and creativity. This is achieved by obfuscating the causes
of behavior.
Foucault inverted this fictitious ideology by demonstrating that entrepreneurialism
is actually a form of political governance, domination, and subjectivation. It actually
makes individuals responsible for discovering and obeying the requirements of a
system—instead of personally directing and instructing requisite behaviors. It may
appear to be free or feel free because nobody is directly (personally) instructing you
about which jobs or housing or universities are available, however, the availability
and the conditions are entirely determined by the owners of the enterprises. Your
involvement in locating and comprehending the system’s requirements is simply
a displacement of external political governance of you onto your motivation and
preparation. It involves you more in comprehending and obeying the rules than
if you were instructed by leaders to mechanically follow rules without thinking.
Social governance penetrates you more deeply through entrepreneurialism than it
does through social coercion.
The individual was to be taught to control his own life by mastering his emotions and to sub-
ordinate himself politically without resistance … Only to the extent that such self-regulatory
practices were installed in subjects did it become possible to dismantle the mass of detailed
prescriptions and prohibitions concerning the minutae of conduct, maintaining them only in
limited and specialized institutions: penitentiaries, workhouses, schools, reformatories and
factories. Through such practices of the self, individuals were to be subjected not by an alien
gaze but through a reflexive hermeneutics.
To rule citizens democratically means ruling them through their freedoms, their choices, and
their solidarities rather than despite these. It means turning subjects, their motivations and
interrelations, from potential sites of resistance to rule into allies of rule. It means replacing
arbitrary authority with that permitting a rational justification (Rose 1998, pp. 77, 117, my
emphasis).
Rose (1998, pp. 28–29) perceptively says that “free subjectivity” must enact “pro-
ductivity, conditions of trade, civil associations, ways of rearing children, and con-
jugal relations and financial affairs within the household to support and not oppose
political objectives … Free individuals can [must] be governed such that they enact
their freedom appropriately [to the system].” Choosing is demanded by the system,
framed by the system, and inculcated by techniques of subjectification from the
system.
The forms of freedom we inhabit today are intrinsically bound to a regime of subjectification
in which subjects are not merely “free to choose,” but obliged to be free, to understand and
124 5 Ideology: Culture Obscuring Itself to Its People
enact their lives in terms of choice under conditions that systematically limit the capacities
of so many to shape their own destiny. Human beings must interpret their past, and dream
their future, as outcomes of personal choices … seen as realizations of the attributes of the
choosing self and reflect back upon the individual who has made them (Rose 1998, p. 17).
ever, manufacturers struggle against using it. In other words, the political-economic
system deliberately causes cancer that maims and kills its citizens. That is what must
be said in conjunction with every case of cancer. That should enrage the public every
time they see cancer patients, or even survivors. (For survivors only survive at the
cost of enormous suffering—physical, personal, social, and financial.)
Viewing cancer patients should stir fury and revulsion at the socio-economic sys-
tem that deliberately and knowingly maims and kills its citizens in order to enrich the
ruling class. Shrouding cancer victims in the ideological veil of empowered, strong,
willful individuals who energize viewers with ideological optimism and admiration
and the comforting sense that they too can overcome adversity through individual
courage, obscures the terrible, tragic adversity and allows it to debilitate ever more
individuals. Entrepreneurialism replaces mass, organized, structural, transformation
of the causes of oppression with individual strategies to cope with oppression and
occasionally survive it. When cancer victims are inverted from victims to victors, and
when neoliberalism is inverted from villain to validator, viewers should understand
and repudiate these inversions. We should be furious at the ideological system that
perpetuates death and destruction under the name of empowerment and freedom.
Entrepreneurialism also conceptually transforms the causes of adversity into indi-
vidual attributes of the victim rather than characteristics of the social system. Cancer
is attributed to individual’s genes rather than to industrial pollution. This further
removes the adversity from a social issue. Adversity is an individual problem that
requires individual solutions. Society is not to blame and not to be reformed.
This extended description of entrepreneurialism has been necessary in order to fer-
ret out its various forms, myths, distortions, duplicity, contradictions, causes, needs,
and objectives. For these comprise the psychological tools that organize elements of
neoliberal psychology.
There are ideologies of entrepreneurialism that range from pure fiction (the Uber
driver) to mostly fiction (the consumer) to some fiction (the businessman). These have
inverse degrees of intrinsic validity, from none, to little, to some. This variety of ideo-
logical forms is central background for researching neoliberal psychology. Research
must assess the relative importance of these ideological forms of entrepreneurialism
for the actual psychology of neoliberal subjects. We must identify and assess the
degree and nature of false consciousness that they engender. This is essential for
understanding mistakes that people make in understanding society, psychology, and
viable alternatives.
Ideology is not confined to political ideologists who directly promote the capitalist
political economy as Hayek, Milton Freidman, Bill Clinton, Obama, and the Chi-
nese Communist Party do. Political economic ideology exudes throughout the social
system in order to obfuscate the oppression that pervades the diverse social nodes, or
macro cultural factors. It is important to identify these diverse cultural expressions
Psychiatry as Neoliberal Ideology 127
of ideology in order to expose their obscurantism and mystification that stunts con-
sciousness about social and psychological life. Every macro cultural factor must be
subjected to ideological critique in order to elucidate the reality of the macro cultural
factor that ideology obfuscates.
One important macro cultural factor that expresses neoliberal ideology is the dis-
cipline of Psychology—which includes academic Psychology, psychotherapy, psy-
chiatry, and government policies governing policies about mental health and dys-
function. Psychology always promotes the social system of which it is a component.
In neoliberal society, Psychology promotes neoliberal ideology in the form of aca-
demic scientific concepts, methods, interventions, and health policy. (see Felli 2016;
Gill & Orgad 2018 for the cultural politics of psychological resiliency) This psycho-
logical ideology, or ideological psychology, is an essential element that is absorbed
into neoliberal psychology.
Fabrega et al. (1988, p. 155) describe how various ideologies in American Psychol-
ogy personalize problems that are actually social and political. This leads to shifting
socio-political problems to the individual level, which perpetuates the problems:
The phenomenological, psychoanalytic, behavioristic, and biologistic psychiatrist all pro-
ceed as “deculturating agents.” They reduce the personalized and culturally contextualized
behavioral data of personal illness to categories and rubrics that leave out the cultural col-
orations of the patient’s account …Thus the phenomenologist searches for such things as
changes in form and structure of experience; the psychoanalyst for expressions of uncon-
scious conflicts, ego-defense profile, impulse control; the behaviorist for stimuli acting as
reinforcers and for types of reinforcing schedule that promote maladaptive behavior; and the
biologist for any of the preceding plus aspects of behavior that reflect … brain functions.
hood experience, accessible through dreams, free association, and the like. (Structural issues
were excluded.]
Binkley (ibid., pp. 564–565, 570) goes on to describe the specifically neoliberal
characteristics of the human potential movements of the 1960s and 70s, and con-
temporary life-coaching therapeutics. The humanistic psychologies of the 1960s and
1970s rejected structural models of psychological disturbance, e.g., as rooted in fam-
ily dynamics. “Where the implicit functionalism of the family systems perspective
seemed to diminish the sovereignty of the individual, a humanistic view of the family
described the affirmative potentials for growth and self-realization within a family
environment in which subjective uniqueness was maximized and celebrated.” The
individual was exalted above social structures. “Carl Rogers [like Maslow] theorized
self-actualization in the figure of the ‘fully functional individual’ who lived fully and
richly in the present.” “Increasingly, it was up to the subject of intimacy herself
to undertake this work in her own daily life. The belief that these feelings existed,
that they were, if properly actualized, benevolent, affirming of self and other, and
that they were pulsating just beneath the surface of the formalized “masks” shaped
by our social roles, empowered the individual as potential entrepreneur of her own
emotional life.” “In 1951, Rogers’s Client-Centered Therapy, for example, proposed
a reconfiguration of the clinical dyad of analyst and client under the motif of client
empowerment, a shift that would open new space for clients to develop and exercise
their own motivational resources and potentials, with the role of the analyst shifted
from director to facilitator.”
This is individualistic, entrepreneurial, neoliberal ideology, plain and simple,
adopted by, and reproduced by, professional psychologists
From a neoliberal standpoint, intimacy, like all other areas of society and personal life, must
be disembedded from the technologies of dependency and welfare provision, from the depen-
dencies it incurs, and reinvented as a new medium of autonomy and self-interest. For this
purpose, any surviving vestiges of welfarism, reflected in the hierarchical diffusion of expert
knowledge, the designation of pathology through normative judgments, or the institutional-
ization of treatment in any form must be reduced and transformed. Such heavy, institutional
forms for the government of intimacy foster institutional compliance and docility, and sup-
press the will to self-differentiation within the actor. Moreover, from the standpoint of the
subject of intimate governance, one’s co-intimate must not be allowed to impose the burden
of normative emotional reciprocity, through an appeal to either psychological depth or an
implicit psychological life-force-strategies that extend the normative, integrationist mandate
of welfarism. The intimate subject of neoliberalism would be one who views himself as
entrepreneur of his own intimate life, and holds his own capacity for emotional investments
as a form of human capital, valued for the potential returns of happiness it might provide
(ibid., pp. 566–567).
Self-help authors and life coaches deepen the neoliberal character of contempo-
rary psychotherapeutics. In their effort to radically dis-embed the individual from
social structures, and cultivate an individualistic agency, these advisors eschew all
psychological theory about complex psychological dynamics in social situations.
For these theories encumber the individual to work through alien psychological pro-
cesses according to their own dynamics. This impedes radical, individualistic, agency
to make one’s own life as one wishes—akin to making one’s enterprise as one wishes.
Psychiatry as Neoliberal Ideology 129
Anthropologist, Zhang (2018, pp. 56, 51, 50) expresses some of the ideological pol-
itics of Western psychotherapy and psychiatry in China. She says, “With the help
of psy experts, Chinese people are told, it is possible to turn social problems and
suffering into a technical matter of sound personal choice and self-management.”
“Such self-work is regarded by many Chinese experts to have the potential to con-
tribute to broader social interventions by improving citizens’ emotional outlook and
130 5 Ideology: Culture Obscuring Itself to Its People
fostering a sense of satisfaction,” i.e., “reclaiming a serene and resilient self, capable
of accepting life as is.” “Zhu Ling eventually returned home and found herself in
a strong position to take care of her family and work responsibilities. She felt less
frustrated and burnt out and gained more inner strength to handle stresses.”
Zhang (2017) endorses psychological ideology that exists in psycho-therapeutic
interventions in Chinese workplaces. She reports on a large, state-owned, monopoly,
tobacco company that was
under pressure to reform by adopting new production methods and management styles to
improve efficiency. These changes placed greater pressure on workers to perform and com-
pete for material resources, precipitating grassroots resistance and generating a great deal of
anxiety. Discontent among workers is on the rise. At the beginning of the workshop I attended,
90% of participants reported a very low ‘happiness index’—a popular, imported well-being
measurement guide frequently invoked by Chinese leaders and psychological workers in
recent years. The growing culture of complaint among disgruntled workers toward the enter-
prise management has alarmed upper-level managers. At the last dinner of the workshop, I
sat next to the head of the human resource management of the tobacco firm and asked him
why he wanted to sponsor such training. Mr. Wu replied with a big sigh:
“To tell you the truth, it is extremely difficult to do employee work today. They appear to be
irritable, grumpy, and defiant towards any form of authority. The old thought work method
based on political persuasion does not work anymore, while the new material-based method
based on monetary reward does not seem to work either. I have tried everything but only
in vain. A friend suggested that I try to incorporate psychotherapeutic techniques. So, I
approached Mr. Ling. After the first session, I noticed some positive changes already taking
place among the participants. They became calmer, more positive, and less confrontational.”
The new depoliticized language of self-care and professional guidance for emotional well-
being, provided by psychologists, appears liberating and heart-warming to those feeling
trapped in their workplaces. In such training, the proper management of emotions (instead
of socioeconomic problems) becomes the focus of intervention. As Mr. Wu succinctly put it,
“Our goal is to instill a positive outlook on life among workers by using positive psychology,
while making them realize that even if one cannot change reality, one still has control over
how he decides to respond. And this realization is powerful!” He wanted workers to feel
happier because that would make his job easier.
One can easily criticize such a therapeutic approach for its inherent risk of psychologizing
social and economic problems and conflicts. Yet, one cannot easily discount its appeal to and
impact on Chinese workers. The new therapeutic attention to emotions is a viable alternative
to the political thought work to which they were subject for years. The visceral transfor-
mations they experienced personally through such workshops—feeling happier, recognized,
and validated—cannot be simply dismissed as a result of ‘false consciousness.’ One worker
who went through the psychologized workshops said, “I have come to realize that even if I
cannot change the system, it is still possible to create happiness and retain certain control of
my life” (pp. 13-14).
“reality.” Instead, workers should respond to the fixed, imposed reality in ways
that are palatable to them. This begins with redirecting their consciousness away
from conditions and economics—i.e., depoliticizing their consciousness—and using
“depoliticized language” and concepts of Psychology to individually manage stress
to feel better. This depoliticized Psychology turned out to be effective in gaining
acceptance among workers to adopt a positive view of the fixed working conditions
and become less confrontational about changing the conditions to be more satisfying.
This proves that ideology does “work.” It does alter consciousness, emotions, and
behavior. This is why it is a crucial macro cultural factor in psychology; it is a
psychological tool that warrants extensive study.
Unfortunately, Zhang seems to accept these conformist forms of psychotherapy.
She never indicates that fulfillment requires critique and transformation of the “psy”
industry and the political economic system it supports. This is embarrassing because
she, herself, recounts a plethora of deep social problems that her interlocutors, which
obviously require deep social transformation.
Zhang agrees with manager Wu’s rationalization of it as a way of accommodating
neoliberal economic pressure. She says, “Chinese firms are now under double pres-
sure: to become more efficient and profitable to survive a market economy, and to
maintain the political stability and social harmony the party-state expects. It seems
that the new psychological approach can help partially ease the tension between
workers and managers by shifting one’s focus from structural problems to a subjec-
tive realm of personality, emotions, and social recognition” (ibid., p. 14).5 Zhang
denies that this shift in consciousness is false consciousness. She says that the work-
ers’ really believed the therapeutic training, even viscerally, and felt positively about
their work.
However, this is false consciousness. It is false precisely because workers feel
good about conditions that are bad for them. False consciousness is not realizing the
truth about conditions, which is that they are bad for you. True consciousness is accu-
rately perceiving that conditions are bad and must be changed. This is precisely what
ideology seeks to prevent. It prevents true consciousness, veridical perception, real-
istic emotions (anger, resentment, hatred, suspicion, vigilance, rejection, struggle,
uncooperativeness), and objective solutions that change objective conditions. Ideol-
ogy encourages subjectivism, that is, the refiguring of consciousness to misperceive
oppression and renounce objective change. Subjectivism is political and conservative
(even when it is accepted by liberals such as Zhang, and postmodernists, and social
constructionists, and populists, and multiculturalists).
Marcuse described false consciousness in One-Dimensional Man: the populace in
capitalist society is bought off—coopted—by material rewards to subjectively feel
comfortable, and to accept that political economy. Marcuse coined a pregnant term
“repressive desublimation” to denote that pleasure is cultivated and expressed, not
sublimated, but remains a repressive factor because it denies true fulfillment. False
consciousness has this character.
Denying false consciousness under conditions of oppression, legitimates that
oppression; it pretends that oppression is really fulfillment simply because work-
ers feel happier and do not focus on their oppression.
132 5 Ideology: Culture Obscuring Itself to Its People
moral, and political issues that generate conflicts, perplexities, moral confusion, and
illnesses” (Yang 2018, pp. 204–213).
In other words, the government has used Psychology as ideology to obfuscate the
neoliberal, political-economic, oppressive, causes of behavioral problems, which,
if known, would cause resentment and rebellion: “The focus on psychological and
personal care diverts attention from social and economic processes that could spark
criticism of the state.” (ibid., p. 5). “Instead of revising its political vision and eco-
nomic policies in ways that would soften the negative impact of rapid socioeconomic
change, government programs promoting happiness and psychotherapy seek to com-
pel individuals to become responsible for their own care…” (p. 207).
This psychological ideology is entirely intentional. Officials and managers know
that social and psychological problems are creations of government policy (Pang
2018), and they simply obfuscate this reality. There are no intrinsic conditions that
would make these problems appear to be caused by personal deficiencies.
This process “guides people to question their own mental capacities rather than
look at social conditions when faced with a crisis.” “The neoliberal model of society
and psychological discourse stresses that individuals take responsibility for the defi-
ciencies and injustice they experience” (p. 211). “Ultimately, psychology has become
a new language that speaks to people about rebuilding their identities around an emo-
tional core that obfuscates the socioeconomic dislocation they experience” (p. 213).
“The state needs psychology as a kind of prop: psychology masks the inadequacy of
other social and governing resources. It obscures the possibility of more complex,
responsible approaches to socioeconomic issues” (pp. 212–213).
State-sponsored psychological ideology complements its positive psychology
with propaganda that condemns anger against social practices. Yang (2016, p. 101)
tells us “In today’s China, the government has placed great emphasis on happiness
and wellbeing, and a popular association has emerged between negative emotions
and ill health. Recent community billboards include signage promoting the work of
Dr. Qiao Yan, a cardiovascular surgeon at Beijing Anzhen Hospital, who has writ-
ten about the role of anger in triggering heart disease. Local psychosocial workers
also reference Dr. Qiao’s writing when dealing with Changping residents through
anger management.” Thus, anger-management is ideological psychology that blunts
opposition to neoliberalism.
And the use of psychological care enables the state to appear to be caring and
helping the populace overcome its problems, while actually eliciting their conformity
the conditions that generate the problems. Chinese Psychology is ideological in
appearing to be helpful while obscuring the harsh maintenance of oppression (see
Ratner 2018c for further discussion).
Yang insightfully observes that Chinese neoliberal ideology is not limited to
individualistic ideology of bourgeois Psychology. Chinese neoliberal ideology sup-
plements bourgeois individualism with traditional, indigenous, Chinese, psycho-
philosophical-moral constructs. These perform the same ideological function as
individualism, which is to distract attention from political-economic problems and
solutions. Confucian social philosophy was adopted by emperors in order to obfus-
cate oppression and social upheavals, by appealing to proper, respectful behavior
134 5 Ideology: Culture Obscuring Itself to Its People
for the masses (see El Amine 2015 for Confucian political conservatism; see Ratner
2017b for analysis of guanxi’s conservatism).
Yang (2016, p. 106) explains that official anger regulation strategies downplay
sociopolitical factors, by invoking Confucian and Daoist constructs of anger. “Psy-
chosocial workers in Changping, who are sponsored by the government, tend to
follow eight principles to guide community-based anger management and allevi-
ate the anger and frustration of laid-off workers. These strategies are also widely
adopted by Chinese employee assistance program (EAP) practitioners. These highly
individualized strategies” align with Western medicalization as well as Daoism and
Confucianism, with more emphasis on Daoism.
Daoists seek to eliminate the reason for anger via cognitive reappraisal or pur-
poseful neglect of the sources of anger. Confucians accept the reason for one’s anger
and encourage ‘higher’ (moral indignation) rather than ‘lower’ (physical violence)
expressions of the emotion. “One must restrain one’s emotions and do what is right
to conform to social norms for greater unity rather than giving into passion or anger.
Thus, Confucius considered the main function of poetry to be in coaching the art of
expressing discontent (properly).” “Ren ming—knowing or accepting one’s fate—is
an important Confucian precept that works against expressions of situational anger.
It refers not only to understanding one’s lot in the overall cosmic scheme, but also
to accepting it” (Yang 2016, pp. 105, 112).
These anger-management techniques are cultural; they are not individual reac-
tions. They are cultural modes of handling cultural pressures. They are psychological
tools that have cultural-political features, requirements, and objectives.
These examples demonstrate that the discipline of Psychology (academic the-
ory and methodology, psychotherapy, interventions) is a macro cultural factor that
participates in the conical model of culture. Psychology is informed by political-
economic requirements, characteristics, and function. One of these is ideological,
i.e., to obfuscate fundamental, systemic oppression that is rooted in the requirements
of the political economy. Psychology contributes to neoliberal ideology by promot-
ing neoliberal individualism along with various traditional forms of ideology such
as ancient, indigenous, Chinese, psychological-philosophical-ethical concepts. All
of these work in psychological forms to constrict perception, cognition, motivation,
emotions, pleasure, imagination, and self-concept in ways that obfuscate and accept
neoliberal features of the status quo.
Exposing ideology breaks through ideological mystification of oppression, and
exposes it. This is why ideology is one of the most important macro cultural factors
for leaders to promote. And ideology must be promoted as truth because if it is
recognized as fiction, then its protection of oppression is dissipated. Ideology must
obscure oppressive reality, and it must also obscure itself as obscurantist ideology. It
must deny reality and itself. The enormous power that ideology has to enable social
oppression is turned into an equally enormous power to expose oppression once
ideology is perceived as what it really is. Perceiving what ideology really is, exposes
what society really is. Conversely, exposing what society really is exposes ideology
for what it really is.6
The Neoliberal Cultural System and Neoliberal Psychology 135
Equating ideology with unconscious assumes that victims of capitalism are com-
pletely irrational—as Freud’s patients were made to appear, for rejecting men
whom they “truly” loved. For the victims would know the truth about capital-
ism, but would act in opposition to their knowledge. The unconscious contorts
a straightforward social issue—that people are lied to about social oppression
and they believe the lie that social authorities perpetrate—into an esoteric, irra-
tional, psychological, weakness of repressing true knowledge into the uncon-
scious where natural mechanisms act on it to disguise it and project its opposite.
It is the unconscious that makes people act contrary to their real interests; it is not
society that causes this irrationality. (Just as Freud’s patients were to blame for
their irrational avoidance of the men, while the male perpetrators were absolved.)
The solution is psychotherapy on the victims to make their unconscious knowl-
edge conscious and action-able.
The Marxian concept of ideology makes society responsible for individual behav-
ior that contradicts one’s true interests. Ideology is a social lie that pretends that
social exploitation does not exist, and that exploitive practices are actually bene-
ficial to the common person—e.g., capitalists provide jobs, capitalism is open to
upward mobility, imperialist invasions bring democracy to foreign people, private
management is efficient and productive whereas public services are expensive
and inefficient. This makes exploitive practices acceptable to people. It is not the
people who are irrational, it is social ideologues who convince them to act against
their own well-being. There is really no irrationality or unconscious anywhere
in this pattern. It is rational for exploiters to obfuscate their exploitation so that
people will accept it; and it is rational for the people to accept ideological lies
because they have no alternative political economic analysis of capitalist reality.
The lying and the believing are rational social processes. Unconscious converts
this into individual, irrational, processes. What needs to be changed is the social
exploitation and the social obfuscation of its exploitation. Individual therapy to
make the unconscious conscious is a distraction from this social transformation,
that traps people within exploitation. This is why psychoanalysis is antagonistic
to cultural psychology and Marxism (Ratner 2017a).
3. A related element of entrepreneurial ideology is to strip corporate and political
behavior of its political-economic basis, content, and function, and misconstrue
it in personal terms—of an independent, individual entrepreneur trying to figure
things out as an ordinary guy, who is limited by existential, human frailties such as
ignorance, insensitivity, and inattention. In the April, 2018 Congressional hear-
ings over Facebook’s mishandling of customers’ personal data, CEO Zuckerberg,
claimed that he had made “a mistake” in not informing customers about the man-
ners in which Facebook used their data. He took personal responsibility for this
oversight and misjudgment; and he issued a personal apology for his mistakes.
This narrative is ideological because it obfuscates the normal, corporate, calcu-
lated, administered, profitable, functional, systemic, political economic princi-
ples and pressures that demand selling communications data to generate profit.
These are the real cultural reasons for Zuckerberg’s actions. They demand polit-
ical analysis, critique, and transformation. This is all obfuscated by personaliz-
The Neoliberal Cultural System and Neoliberal Psychology 137
consequences, such that the madman could not escape the recognition that he alone was
responsible for the punishment he received. The insane were to be restored to reason by
the system of rewards and punishments ….
makes it impossible to approach socialism since the party cadre knows little of
what Marx meant by it.)
This telling choice of bourgeois Psychology over Marxist psychology reflects
the character and objectives of CCP (because all Psychology in all societies
reflects the political economic needs of the dominant class). CCP prefers Ameri-
can Psychology because it is an ideology that obfuscates neoliberal practices. It is
neoliberal practices which cause psychological problems, and rather than replace
these practices with Marxist, socialist practices, CCP obfuscates its neoliberal
practices with the pretense that they do not exist, and that problems are caused
by individual factors. This is how Psychological ideology serves neoliberal cap-
italism in China. (See Zhu, et al. 2018 for descriptions of psychological care that
reflect Chinese society).
This reflects deeply on the Chinese State (as all Psychology does, according to
our figure one and Marxist historical-materialist culture theory). In particular,
bourgeois psychology is proof positive that Marxist philosophy is dead in China.
For if Marxism were functioning, it would vociferously attack bourgeois psy-
chology. Western Marxists did this in the 1930 s and 1960s and 70s. The absence
of Marxist critique of Western psychology proves that Marxism does not exist
in any effective manner. China’s embrace of bourgeois Psychology pierces the
fig leaf of its Marxist ideology. This is the revolutionary social-political role that
macro cultural psychology can play from its academic perch. (This is the reason
that CCP does not embrace macro cultural psychology and its Marxist character.)
The Marxist critique of bourgeois psychology—and economics—is not a ran-
dom oversight. It is necessarily and deliberately stunted. CCP must ensure that
Marxism cannot exist and critique bourgeois psychology (and society).
Marxism is a thorn in CCP’s side because it contradicts neoliberalism that CCP
practices. CCP is thus forced to contort Marxism into an ideological defense
of neoliberalism. This is accomplished through the slogan “socialism with Chi-
nese characteristics.” This converts socialism into anything that CCP practices.
Neoliberalism is ideologically disguised as a Chinese characteristic of socialism.
Thus, socialism with Chinese characteristics is a neoliberal ideology.
However, this ideological slight of hand is insufficient. For anyone who reads
Marxism immediately sees that Chinese neoliberalism is not socialism—and
that bourgeois Psychology is not Marxist Psychology. Yet reading Marxism is
necessary to maintain the official position that Marxism is the central political
philosophy of socialist China. Consequently, the content of Marxism must be
contorted so that it does not overtly contradict neoliberalism. CCP is more afraid
of genuine Marxism than it is of capitalism. For genuine Marxism threatens to
expose CCP’s neoliberal orientation. Capitalism is not a threat to CCP because
CCP embraces capitalism in many ways. This is true for all ideologies. They
must prevent the actualization of the ideological terms that disguise their reality,
while they encourage the actualization of the terms that oppose their ideology.
They discourage what they avow, and they encourage what they disavow. This
is a massive mystification. (The United States, squelches genuine democracy,
140 5 Ideology: Culture Obscuring Itself to Its People
about Marxist economics that would justify proletariat actions and make them
more effective.
My personal experience confirms this. I was invited to speak at the World Marx-
ism Conference at Peking University in 2015. Conference officials had to approve
my abstract. I presented Marx’s ideas about socialism, and I left the audience with
a question to consider: “Does current CCP practice conform to Marx’s ideas of
socialism?” I did not answer the question. I left it for them. A news reporter heard
my speech and wrote a one paragraph summary that she posted online. Within
24 h, it received 2.4 million views. Then it was censored and removed from view.
So, a talk on Marxism at an official conference on Marxism, in a Marxist country
that is governed by a Marxist political party, is censored. Even the conference
program and abstracts were never publicized. At the farewell banquet, the CCP
head of Peking University exclaimed how nice it is to share common interests
with colleagues around the world, and to learn from each other and respect each
other!
CCP depletes and distorts Marxism in the same way that American capitalists
deplete and distort democracy. They have to praise democracy in order to legit-
imate neoliberalism as democratic and free. They do so in grand spectacles of
Presidential elections. However, these are farcical theater that is devoid of genuine
democracy—because genuine democracy threatens capitalist class structure and
political-economic social relations. Genuine democracy must be degraded, just
as genuine Marxism is degraded in China. Chinese Marxism is the ideological
equivalent of American democracy.
Chinese (CCP) ideological Marxism is tamed and timid; it has stripped out Marx’s
radical, deep, critical, creative, useful, transformative, emancipatory, character.
CCP ideological Marxism abandons Marxism as a guide to socialism. CCP Marx-
ism is as anti-Marxist as Stalinism was (Marcuse 1958). It does less to promote
international working class solidarity and class consciousness than Stalin did.
Stalin at least provided support for world wide communist organizations and
Marxist publications. Xi Jinping never does this; he never visits workers’ associ-
ations or poor peoples’ associations, during his world travels. He meets only with
capitalists and politicians.) World Marxist movements must remain antagonistic
to Chinese ideological Marxism. They must not afford it any opportunity to lead
or represent Marxism. Of course, this does not apply to independent Chinese
Marxists.
Part III
Neoliberal Psychology: The Subjectivity
of Neoliberal Capitalism
Chapter 6
Neoliberal Psychology
This chapter will demonstrate that the qualities of neoliberal macro cultural factors
do, in fact, generate a corresponding neoliberal psychology with homologous qual-
ities. Environment acts as the source of this psychology and not simply its context.
Neoliberal psychology thereby confirms the theory of macro cultural psychology
that “The various internal contradictions which are to be found in different social
systems find their expression both in the type of personality and in the structure of
human psychology in that historical period” (Vygotsky 1994a, p. 176).
Psychology corresponds to Bourdieu’s “habitus”: “that system of [subjective]
dispositions which acts as a mediation between structures and practices … Struc-
tures reproduce themselves by producing agents endowed with the system of pre-
dispositions which is capable of engendering practices adapted to the structures and
thereby contributing to the reproduction of these structures” (Bourdieu 1977, p. 487).
“Inevitably inscribed within the dispositions of the habitus is the whole structure of
the system of conditions as it presents itself in the experience of a life-condition
occupying a particular position within that structure” (Bourdieu 1984, p. 172).1
I shall present three types of neoliberal psychology that illustrate the three corner-
stones of neoliberal society: (1) the capitalist form of psychology will be exemplified
in developmental psychology, and also in sexuality that is practiced in hook-up, inter-
personal interactions; (2) the class structure that prepares, administers, and distributes
psychology will be exemplified in several psychological phenomena such as linguis-
tic codes; (3) ideological obfuscation of neoliberal capitalism will be exemplified in
the adoption of the entrepreneurial self as that generates distinctive psychological
reactions. I will identify two ideological reactions.
I have previously stated that the three cornerstones of neoliberalism are interde-
pendent in all macro cultural factors and psychological phenomena. Consequently,
my examples of neoliberal psychology are one-sided in emphasizing one corner-
stone for each. Each really embodies all three cornerstones and should ultimately
be analyzed as such. However, it is useful to focus upon a particular neoliberal cor-
nerstone in relation to a particular psychological phenomenon in order to illustrate
its particular effect. This is particularly valuable in an introductory book on neolib-
eral psychology where a complete cultural analysis of a psychological phenomenon
© Springer Nature Switzerland AG 2019 145
C. Ratner, Neoliberal Psychology, International and Cultural Psychology,
https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-02982-1_6
146 6 Neoliberal Psychology
Psychology of Oppression
“ideological themes make their way into the individual consciousness (which as we know,
is ideological through and through) and there take on the semblance of individual accents,
since the individual consciousness assimilates them as its own. However, the source of these
accents is not the individual consciousness…All ideological accents, despite their being
produced by the individual voice, are social accents”. (Volosinov 1973, p. 22, my emphasis)
living beyond their means), not due to structural, financial, changes that reduced
education financing from the federal and state governments beginning in the 1970s.
Several professors believed that students failed to correlate the size of their finan-
cial debt with their expected earnings. “You know you’re only going to make X,
why would you take out so much debt if you’re not going to make enough to make
that worth it?” This view blames student impulsiveness and irrationality for exces-
sive borrowing. In the words of a professor in the human sciences, “They picked
a field that’s less in demand. And those are choices we’ve made. Hopefully you’re
happy with your choice.” Structural forces that precipitate student loans are never
mentioned by these highly educated educators. Structural forces are obfuscated by
neoliberal ideology of individual decision-making in a free market economy.
The authors conclude that neoliberal ideology has formed a powerful psycholog-
ical tool, or technique of subjectification, or mentalité, or schema, which has shaped
the psyche or habitus of these professors. Ideology supersedes, or covers, the social
reality that causes indebtedness. Ideology is so powerful that it even distorts the per-
ception and conception of young professors who have themselves incurred student
debt in the neoliberal era. These professors have allowed ideology to frame their own
personal experience—which includes their memory—as well as their interpretation
of their colleagues’ experiences.
even indebted professors lacked any connection to debt prevalence. The story we build from
the statistical analysis illustrates an interesting quandary that seems to repeat itself no matter
how privileged or well-educated the population is. The fact that this particular population
accepts and perpetuates the market ethos at this university (assessing worth through market
values and individualizing public issues) demonstrates how complicated it is to challenge the
prevailing neoliberal ideology, where even members of an intellectual elite find it difficult to
see beyond explanations that conform to it. Professors rationalized others’ financial duress
as a matter of “living beyond one’s means” or “poor career choices.” As one professor put
it, “these are the choices we’ve made.” There were few channels through which to challenge
these individual- level explanations. In the interviews, market ethos appeared hegemonic,
since even assistant professors viewed their own debt situation as a private trouble, rather
than a public issue.
of perceptual illusions that misperceive objective reality and draw false conclusions
about it.
Psychologists must also comprehend the cultural basis of ideology—why it exists
in certain societies and the function that it plays. Ideology disguises oppression and
it therefore promotes oppression by exempting it from challenge. Of the various
macro cultural factors in a cultural system, ideology is the most political. Its only
basis and function is political—to promote the oppressive system. Other factors, such
as education, for example, are ideological/political, however, they are additionally
truly educative. Education teaches language, math, science, reading, and writing,
which are fulfilling competences. Ideology is not educational, it is obfuscating and
stultifying in order to prevent the recognition of social stultification.
Because ideology is political, it is only perceptible to the researcher who compre-
hends culture as political, as in our conical cultural model. The neutral view of culture,
as quaint expressions of “human problem solving” or “human meaning-making” dis-
places politics from culture, and this displaces ideological obfuscations of politics and
power. The political construct of ideology is a vital cultural-psychological research
“tool” for rehabilitating and recognizing the politics of macro cultural phenomena,
including psychological phenomena. Ideology transforms our view of cultural phe-
nomena from quaint human meanings and shared beliefs, into political expressions
of political interests, which can be oppressive, stultifying, and mystifying. Ideol-
ogy makes the researcher consider whether a cultural-psychological expression is
ideological and mystified or whether it is veridical, critical, and fulfilling.
Scharff (2016) found that young, female, classical musicians largely internalize
the neoliberal conception of the individual as entrepreneur. This cultural concept
inscribes and prescribes the psychology of the ideal self. It is a clear example of
how a macro cultural factor contains psychological elements that are transferred
to individuals who adopt it. They do not invent their psychological system; they
internalize it from the macro culture that was created and supported by social leaders.
In the case of the entrepreneur, it was created by the Pelerin ideologists with capitalist
support.
The entrepreneurial self includes responsibility for one’s success and failure, and
the need to engage in continual activity to improve self to its ultimate potential.
Failure, whether in oneself or in others, is construed as an individual deficiency in
motivation. Social factors beyond the individual are rarely considered. These points
are adopted as the subjects’ self-concept and concept of other selves:
• You have to take care of your mental health, and if you’re down, you’ve got to just
work through it.
• Many musicians experience health problems, yet their injuries were covered up out
of fear that others would think it would develop into something chronic that one
would be seen as an unreliable player and, therefore, not asked to work. Despite
the acknowledgement that injuries were common, only a few subjects linked the
prevalence of injuries to work conditions. Having an injury was overwhelmingly
seen as an individual failure, which ‘mostly shows that your technique is wrong.’
Psychology as Cultural Capital 151
• I put my head down and I did the applications. Nothing happens by accident. And
there are so many lazy singers, and I don’t have any pity for them if they are in
that situation, because they are just lazy.
Scharff reports that the internalized entrepreneurial self organized subjects’ cogni-
tive and emotional responses to their precarious work conditions. Their psychological
tool organized their cognitive interpretation of precarity as their own condition that
reflects their decisions about their training, motivation, talents, etc. This cognition
of personal responsibility generated emotional self-blame and self-doubt, it did not
generate anger at social conditions.
This is what my critique of the entrepreneurial ideology (in Chap. 3, especially
regarding individualistic self-constructs in Chinese psychiatry) predicts. Psycholog-
ical research into the presence of this construct in everyday psychology, confirms
these adverse effects.
A study of teachers found similar results:
In the group of pre-service teachers that form the focus of the present analysis, many
found critical perspectives on schooling discouraging, and vociferously rejected them on
those grounds. Faith in individual agency and the basic fairness of the current system was
deeply ingrained. In their own narratives of schooling, these young women consistently
de-emphasized the influence of ethnic, class, and historical factors… as a source of guiding
values in their lives and crucial support for their professional ambitions. (Luykx and Heyman
2013, p. 353)
Young people’s narratives display a strong belief in self-efficacy, which is the main quality
enjoined by the neoliberal norms of the autonomous, self-enterprising self. Such a belief
reflects a highly individualized solution in which responsibility for success or failure is
placed solely on the individual. This constitutes what Furlong and Cartmel refer to as the
‘epistemological fallacy,’ which means that people’s life chances remain highly structured
in contemporary society at the same time as they increasingly seek solution on an individual,
rather than a collective basis. As a result, it is no surprise that the young people in this
study predominantly believed that it would be one’s own fault if one fails to grasp the
vastly available opportunities today. As such, they seemed to be disabled from a critical
analysis of the various inter-related factors that continue to affect individuals’ life chances in
today’s China, such as, inter alia, social class, gender, the fierce competition (which among
152 6 Neoliberal Psychology
other things often indicates a lack of career opportunities for young people rather than
otherwise), lack of social security (including that for the elderly), widespread corruption,
and the various cultural norms that interact with the individuals’ subjectivities. And for
the university students in this study, to develop self-efficacy, or to get the suzhi necessary
to enhance one’s competitiveness, they have to keep running along the academic road on
which they have been already launched. (Liu 2008, p. 200)
should generate resentment. (This is a toxic mix that readily leads to racism and
classism. Blaming victims of poverty for the problem leads to attacking blacks,
immigrants, and lower class people, instead of the capitalists who cause poverty.)
The entrepreneurial self is the exemplary neoliberal phenomenon: it rewards the
capitalist class for exploiting the populace, which the epistemological-ontological
fallacy intensifies.
Shildrick and MacDonald (2013, p. 285) found that many poor people accept
neoliberal ideology as their psychological tool that generates their self-concept (iden-
tity) and their cognitive-perceptual-emotional reaction to other peoples’ misfortune.
One unemployed British woman said: “A lot of people round here are living in poverty
but I think a lot of it’s their own doing”.
Luxton (2010) documented and elucidated this phenomenon in an empirical study.
It is a model of cultural psychological research and deserves to be presented in detail.
For it deepens our theoretical understanding of psychology. She interviewed 137
Canadians in 2000 who had suffered a calamity such as unemployment, underem-
ployment, medical catastrophe. These were in socio-economic domains that had been
attacked by neoliberal political reforms. Example, cuts in social services, imposing
cumbersome procedures for applying for social benefits, forcing the participants to
rely on their own devices to cope with tragedies. Luxton looked at how neoliberal ide-
ology affected the subjects’ psychological response to their individual tragedies. Her
methodology is a form of “epistemic frame analysis” that examines the knowledge
that community members advance and defend, their identities as portrayed within
the larger sphere of political action, the underlying values revealed by such action,
and how individuals legitimize those actions (Mullen et al. 2013, p. 189).
Luxton found that the victims of neoliberalism internalized the values of the
neoliberal political economy that had impoverished them. These oppressive values
formed the psychological tools with which they interpreted, perceived, and emotion-
ally reacted to their plight and that of others.
Participants blamed themselves for their behavior. They directed anger at them-
selves. Their behavior was their own choice: “At 55 I have no income. Now I realize
I should have done things differently. I should have gotten more education although
there never seemed time for that. I could have saved more; found a cheaper place to
live and put more money in the bank. Looking back I just see how I made so many
mistakes that got me here.”
Behavior was considered as part of their identity: “What else could I do? I had to
be true to myself.” “Maybe if I were smarter I would figure out how to do it better.”
Successful individuals similarly took responsibility for success. “I did well
because I worked hard. Anyone can succeed if they do that. I have no use for whiners
and complainers who want government handouts because life treated them unfairly.”
Participants expressed very little appreciation of the ways in which circumstances
that were largely out of their control had shaped their lives. They knew that circum-
stances were out there but were not clear what they really were, how they affected
life, or how they could be changed. The focus on individual causation, responsibility,
and choice of behavior blunted social understanding.
154 6 Neoliberal Psychology
This finding is generalized throughout the population. A British survey found that
“less than one in ten of the population gives structural explanations for inequality”
(Shildrick and MacDonald 2013, p. 297).
These empirical studies into cultural psychology confirm that individuals utilize
the concepts and terms of entrepreneurial ideology to frame their thoughts, per-
ceptions, emotions, motivations, and behaviors. Neoliberal values and ideology are
operative in the problem of unemployment, and they are equally operative in the
response to this misfortune. This makes the response an ineffective solution to the
problem.
Ideological framing generates forms of psychology, and it blocks alternative
forms, such as social-structural understandings, perceptions, emotions and motiva-
tion regarding experience, behavior, and social conditions. Entrepreneurial ideology
blocks anger from arising at structural, political conditions; it blocks forming tight
organizations to struggle against these conditions.
The studies reveal that ideology is a more powerful determinant of psychology
than social reality is. Neoliberal subjects think, reason, perceive, emote, remember,
expect, and hope according to the master narrative of the entrepreneurial individual,
despite the fact that it contradicts what happens all around them and even what
happens to themselves. Workers see capitalists closing enterprises, outsourcing labor
and goods, simply for profit, not and psyches because individual employees were
deficient. Workers see their own workmates being fired when they were hard working.
They see themselves fired despite their hard work. Yet the ideology is so powerful that
it overrides their knowledge and their experience. It causes them to blame themselves,
not their bosses. Students see their schools failing because school budgets are cut, yet
they blame themselves for being educationally unprepared. This is an extraordinary
example of the power of cultural factors to shape psychology.
This power of ideology to distort psychology is only evident from cultural psy-
chological research into the psychology of individuals. It is not predictable from
the macro cultural level alone. The macro cultural level contains numerous factors,
and it is impossible to know which is ultimately most influential on psychology.
For instance, it is possible that workers would be more influenced by the control
that capitalists have over social life, than by the ideological denial of this in the
entrepreneurial self. The only way to determine which of these factors is a stronger
social force on psychology and behavior is to examine individuals’ psychology. This
is the value of cultural psychology (Ratner 2017b).
“The structures of higher mental functions represent a cast of collective social rela-
tions between people. These [mental] structures are nothing other than a transfer into
the personality of an inward relation of a social order that constitutes the basis of
the social structure of the human personality” (Vygotsky 1998, pp. 34, 169–170, my
emphasis).
“The history of the school-age child and the youth is the history of very intensive
development and formulation of class psychology and ideology” (Vygotsky 1998,
p. 43).
“The working-class adolescent is not simply arrested at an earlier stage of devel-
opment in comparison with the bourgeois adolescent, but is an adolescent with a
different type of personality development, with a different structure and dynamics of
self-consciousness. The differences here are not in the same plane as the differences
between boys and girls. For this reason, the roots of these differences must be sought
in the class to which the adolescent belongs, and not in one degree or another of his
material well-being” (Vygotsky 1998, p. 178).
Vygotsky’s prescient comments are backed by the most robust finding in social
science that human behavior/psychology is differentiated according to social class.
Every single psychological function—from cognition to perception to personality to
emotionality to masculinity to development to psychological disturbance—manifests
sharp social class differences in quality and degree. Social class is the most powerful
influence on all of these functions (Ratner 2002, pp. 19–31, 2012b, pp. 207–208;
Skeggs 2015). For example, middle class Americans have 64% reduction in mortality
from mental illness and drug abuse than lower class Americans (Wall St. Journal,
Sept. 25, 2017; https://www.wsj.com/articles/study-says-u-s-economic-expansion-
is-unevenly-spread-1506344400).
Educational psychology matches the class-based structure of educational insti-
tutions. Chapter three documents how educational institutions are engineered to
156 6 Neoliberal Psychology
provide better educational outcomes for upper class students, and inferior outcomes
for lower class students. Results of educational psychology conform to this structural
engineering. In Berkeley high school, in California,
students at Berkeley High have very divergent academic experiences and outcomes, and the
fault lines split neatly along the divisions of race and class. Among African American and
Hispanic students at the school, just 20 and 25 percent, respectively, were at least proficient
on a state English exam in 2004, whereas almost 80 percent of whites were proficient. In
the comprehensive section of the school, 75 percent of African Americans got a D or an
F during one semester, compared to only 20 percent of white students. Sixty-five percent
of Hispanic students got a D or an F during the semester. 4 At the same time, Berkeley
High’s white students, often the sons and daughters of university professors and other highly
educated professionals, are among the highest achievers in the state and the nation, with
average scores of 817 on California’s Academic Performance Index, compared to black,
Hispanic, and economically disadvantaged students at the school, who all averaged about
540 in 2004. An API score of about 800 is considered the mark of high-performing schools
and students in California.
Advanced Placement courses are dominated by white students at Berkeley High. Although
only 37 percent of the students at the school are white, 66 percent of the AP enrollees are
white students. African Americans, at almost 30 percent of the student body but only 5
percent of the AP enrollees, are the least well represented of all ethnic groups in AP classes.
(Sacks, pp. 65–66)
Connelly and Gale (2018) report numerous studies that demonstrate a large
parental social class effect, net of parental education and gender, on cognitive ability
in young children. Moreover, the gap widens over school years. This cumulative
deficit testifies to the increasing power of social class on psychology as individuals
mature and become socialized. Of course, race manifests the same cumulative deficit
between whites and blacks.
This is illustrated in a detailed comparison of the cognitive development of chil-
dren. Of children who scored in the top 25% when they were five years old, 65%
remained in the top 25% when they were ten years old if they were from high SES
families. However only 27% remained in the top 25% if they were from low SES
families. Conversely, of 5-year olds in the bottom 25% of cognitive achievement,
only 34% remained at that level when they were 10, if they came from high SES
families. However, 67% remained low achievers if they came from low SES families.
Social class overwhelms early cognitive competence as a determinant and predic-
tor of 10 year old cognitive development (Ratner 2006, pp. 125–126). Social class
diabolically stratifies cognitive development of children whose cognitions initially
do not conform to their class position. If you are smart but poor, your soon class
will soon diminish your cognitive functioning to adjust you to your oppressed lower
class status; conversely, if you are rich but slow, your class will quickly enhance
your cognitive functioning that is necessary for upper class performance. This social
engineering is accomplished in part by the educational system that is designed for
this purpose (Chap. 3).
The insidious basis of the cumulative deficit in psychology is that children who
are born with relatively equal capacities, must be engineered over time to become
psychologically different in accordance with political-economic-class needs. Lower
Other Psychological Reactions Generated by Entrepreneurial-Self Ideology 157
class and minority students who suffer the greatest psychological/cognitive loss to
the cumulative deficit are the higher achieving children, not the lower achievers
(Tomlin et al. 2013, p. 359). For they are the most class-defiant and require the
most class adjustment downward. Far from neolilberalism being a meritocracy, it
decimates the highest competencies among outliers to the social class that the political
economy requires them to occupy. Maintaining class structure is more important
than rewarding and enriching psychological competencies. This is the real purpose
of the educational institiution. This is a powerful insight from Psychology about the
character of neoliberalism.
An important example of the psychological effects of neoliberalism is class dif-
ferences in linguistic styles. We have reviewed Bernstein’s analysis and predictions
in chapter one. At this point, we can report empirical linguistic effects of neoliberal
class structure.
Further research has shown that middle-class and working-class subjects, male, at two age
levels, matched for average verbal and average nonverbal I.Q., operated with the predicted
codes in a sample of representative written work. This study also showed a relation between
levels of abstraction and the use of the respective codes.
There is also firm evidence showing a relative deterioration in verbal I.Q. between the ages of
eight and eleven years and between eleven and fifteen years for working-class children when
compared with middle-class children be-tween the same ages. Other research shows clearly
that the verbal I.Q. scores of working-class subjects, particularly lower working-class, are
likely to be severely depressed in relation to their scores at the higher ranges of a nonverbal
test. This deterioration in verbal I.Q., discrepancy between verbal and nonverbal I.Q. tests
and failure to profit from formal education on the part of working-class children, particularly
those of lower working-class origins, is thought to be closely related to the control on types
of learning induced by a restricted code. The relative backwardness of some working-class
children may well be a form of culturally induced backwardness transmitted to the child
through the implications of the linguistic process. The code the child brings to the school
symbolizes his social identity. It relates him to his kin and to his local social relations. The
code orients the child progressively to a pattern of relationships which constitute for the
child his psychological reality and this reality is reinforced every time he speaks.
Bernstein developed specific qualitative and quantitative metrics to assess the pres-
ence, or absence, of particular codes in linguistic specimens. These have been inde-
pendently documented (Sadovnik 2001: 9–10; Anyon 1980, 1981). Freitag (1984,
158 6 Neoliberal Psychology
p. 165) tested 206 Brazilian children (ages 6–9 and 13–16, to identify social class
and maturational influences on speech) and found a strong correlation between Bern-
stein’s speech categories and social class. Only 7% of the upper middle class children
utilized restricted or predominantly restricted codes, whereas 21% of working class
children did, and 71.5% of slum children did. On the other hand, 70.4% of upper mid-
dle class children used elaborated or predominantly elaborated codes, whereas only
42.1% of working class kids used them, and none of the slum children did. Speech
mode was also related to cognitive development: children who used restricted speech
codes functioned at the level of concrete operations, whereas no children using elab-
orated codes used concrete operations; conversely, elaborated speech codes were
associated with stabilized formal operations—with no children using restricted codes
able to use formal operations (Freitag 1984: 168).
Bernstein’s empirical research not only validates the bare predictions and conclu-
sions of macro cultural psychological theory about psychology reflecting neoliberal,
class society. It also validates the theory’s theoretical corpus—including explanatory
constructs, principles, processes, relationships, and culture theory. Bernstein reveals
the what, how, and why of classed language in lived development/formation. This is
a model of macro cultural psychological research. It validates macro cultural psy-
chology as a theory for psychological research. It reveals that psychology is indeed
a macro cultural factor that originates in macro cultural factors that are organized in
a conical cultural system; psychology embodies their features and interests, which
are directly transmitted through cultural-psychological tools (such as socially struc-
tured linguistic codes), and which prepare for and reproduce the formative cultural
system. Macro cultural psychology, as Bernstein utilizes it, is a complete theory of
psychology. It fully explains the form and content of linguistic styles in macro cul-
tural terms and processes. Alternative theories are neither necessary nor useful for
supplementing this theory.
While clothing merchants said they were simply designing clothes to meet the
natural developmental stages and needs of the child, they actually cultivated the
child’s stages and needs to meet the economic demand for profit. For example,
clothing designed for toddlers was the mechanism for instantiating the notion of
toddler as a psychosocial stage of life: “In 1936 the ‘toddler’ as a commercial persona
or construct began to take shape.” “The term ‘toddler’ began to be used with great
frequency as a size range and as a merchandising category, and soon after, as an age-
stage designation” (ibid. p. 86, emphasis added). “Commercial interests and concerns
coalesce and interact to essentially institutionalize a new category of person and
new phase of the life course” (ibid. p. 85). Department stores also segregated age-
graded products into separate departments (ibid. pp. 115–116), thereby physically
objectifying and promoting the notion of distinct developmental stages.
The ontogenetic category, toddler, that parents (and psychologists) regard as natu-
ral, originated as a commercial category invented by businessmen who objectified and
promulgated it through clothing products (ibid. pp. 18, 19).2 Psychology became a
commodity that served money. Clothing did not simply express psychological stages,
clothing defined the stages; psychological stages conformed to the distinctions that
were displayed in clothing styles (Cook, p. 97).
This is an important example of the macro cultural-political forming of psychology
for political objectives of the ruling class. Childhood and motherhood were treated
as cultural capital in order to generate economic capital for capitalists.
Ask her why she hasn’t had a relationship at Penn, and she won’t complain about the death
of courtship or men who won’t commit. Instead, she’ll talk about “cost-benefit” analyses
and the “low risk and low investment costs” of hooking up.
“I positioned myself in college in such a way that I can’t have a meaningful romantic
relationship, because I’m always busy and the people that I am interested in are always busy,
too.”
Taylor explains that elite universities are filled with driven young women, many
of whom aspire to be doctors, lawyers, politicians, bankers or corporate executives.
In the competitive job environment with unsure job prospects and a shaky economy,
many of them approach college as a race to acquire credentials: top grades, leadership
positions in student organizations, sought-after internships. Their time out of class
is filled with club meetings, sports practice and community-service projects.
These women said they saw building their résumés, not finding boyfriends (never
mind husbands), as their main job. They envisioned their 20s as a period of unen-
cumbered striving, when they might work at a bank in Hong Kong one year, then go
to business school, then move to a corporate job in New York. The idea of lugging a
relationship through all those transitions was hard for many to imagine.
In this context, some women, seized the opportunity to have sex without relationships,
preferring “hookup buddies” (regular sexual partners with little emotional commitment) to
boyfriends.
For them, college is an endless series of competitions: to get into student clubs, some of
which demand multiple rounds of interviews; to be selected for special research projects and
the choicest internships; and, in the end, to land the most elite job offers. “We are very aware
of cost-benefit issues and trading up and trading down, so no one wants to be too tied to
someone that, you know, may not be the person they want to be with in a couple of months,”
one girl said.
Instead, she enjoyed casual sex on her terms — often late at night, after a few drinks.
“I definitely wouldn’t say I’ve regretted any of my one-night stands,” she said. “I’m a true
feminist,” she added. “I’m a strong woman. I know what I want.”
Neoliberal, cultural themes are evident in this sensitive account. These interviews
reveal how these students’ sexual relations are structured by socioeconomic pressures
and neoliberal values. They are not simply “casual sex for pleasure.” They rather
reflect concrete, capitalist pressures and values, although they are a minority of
college women, at this point in time. Verbal accounts of sexual experience reflect
the characteristics of neoliberal cultural factors without usually explicitly naming
these factors—although sometimes they do. Indeed, the subjects are usually not
aware of the specific macro cultural factors that generate and organize and sustain
their psychology/behavior. Their psychology/behavior is analogous to the shadows
in Plato’s cave allegory, whose origins outside the cave are not comprehended. The
cultural origins and character are better comprehended by external observers (cultural
psychologists) who have cultural names for them. (Dilthey calls this besserverstehen,
or better understanding than the subject has of phenomenological experience.) This
is akin to a doctor who peruses a patient’s verbal descriptions of symptoms, and then
Neoliberalism Is A Sexually Transmitted Disease: Hook-up Sex 163
employs his expertise to identify their causes, prognosis, and treatment (see Ratner
1997a, 2002, pp. 135–140, 167–186 for discussion of cultural phenomenological
methodology—or cultural hermeneutics, in Dilthey’s words—that elucidates cultural
themes in psychological expressions).
These women who engage in hook-up sex explain their sexual choice as a clear-
sighted way of coping with neoliberal social pressures for success in school, obtain-
ing a high-status, demanding, unstable, job after graduation, and other pressures
to exercise, engage in extra-curricular activities (sports, clubs, dance), and social
life. Neoliberal pressures not only form the context of their lives, they also form
the response to this context. Their response takes the form of adjusting/contouring
their sexual-emotional relationships to be compatible with neoliberal socioeconomic
pressures, i.e., to enable the women to successfully cope with these pressures. The
cognitive, decision-making process about how to cope takes the form of a business
calculation. It weighs costs and benefits of personal involvements vis a vis socioe-
conomic requirements. The latter are judged to be more beneficial than personal
entanglements, which are construed as a cost to socioeconomic success.
Then, the outcome of this business calculation is to adjust the form and content
of their sexual-emotional activities to the form and content of neoliberal, socioe-
conomic interactions. The women remain independent, self-directed, egocentric,
unencumbered, nimble, available to quickly shift into tough, competitive, socioe-
conomic activities when they call. In other words, because socioeconomic activities
are tough and competitive and impersonal, and do not make allowances for personal
entanglements, women have accommodated to this social form and adopted it for
their personal-sexual relationships. They become detached, impersonal, and focused
upon obtaining the service (product) they want in exchange for giving their partner a
reciprocal service (product)—namely sex. This abstract buyer-seller interaction that
is mediated by services of equal value, displaces concern for the human individual,
just as it does in the economic marketplace. The buyer and seller do not care about
each other as people, only as suppliers or consumers of a service/product.
These women have contoured their sexual-personal relationships in strict accor-
dance of the requirements of neoliberal, capitalist success. Hook-ups are not simply
casual, free sex. The girls tell us that their sex is carefully contoured to meet the
demands of neoliberal material and social success. Hook-up sex, like all psychology,
has a cultural objective and basis.
These hook-up women have adopted neoliberal ideals as their own ideals of suc-
cess, freedom, and pleasure. They are satisfied with their cost-benefit approach to sex;
indeed, they pride themselves on them because they are a measure of strength, deci-
siveness, autonomy, success, and competitiveness—in neoliberal terms. Detached,
alienated, impersonal, calculating, self-centered, sexual relations are confabulated as
feminist/emancipatory. These neoliberal women have given feminism to the neolib-
eral cause.
More detail about hook-up sex is provided in sociologist Wade’s (2017) report of
her students’ experiences. They echo the previous idea that market relationships are
liberating and should be applied to sexual relations where they displace traditional
myths about romantic love.
164 6 Neoliberal Psychology
28 percent of the women believe that romantic love brainwashes women, tricking them
into investing their time and energies in someone else; another 19 percent think that it
might. Almost half of female students, then, think that love might bring them something bad
instead of something good. “Right now,” explained a female student at Princeton, “I have
to focus on my career, getting through medical school, establishing myself.” “Based on my
own experience,” wrote a Wesleyan University alum, “this new sexual paradigm has given
women the freedom to focus on their own lives and careers.” “I know it sounds hyperbolic,”
wrote a female senior at Northwestern: “but I mean it when I say that getting married right
now would ruin my life. I want the chance to pick up and move to a new city for a new job
or for adventure, without having to worry about a spouse or a family. I need to be able to
stay at the office until three in the morning if I have to and not care about putting dinner on
the table.”
Many of my female students feel the same. They argue that hooking up is a way to “reject
oppressive sexism,” “pursue sexual liberation,” and challenge the idea “that women are
supposed to be passive.” They’re not alone. The hookup is “the road to sexual emancipation,”
asserted a woman at the University of Florida. “My friends and I are like sexual vultures,”
bragged a woman at Syracuse. Hook-ups are described by women as sexual liberation itself.
(Wade 2017, pp. 68, 67, my emphasis)
Hook-up sex is carefully prepared for. It is not suddenly and unexpectedly forced
upon girls. For instance, girls prepare for hook-ups by dressing appropriately, verbally
encouraging each other, and consuming alcohol/drugs in order to free themselves to
participate:
The goal is to look “fuckable,” Miranda said, her voice buzzing with excitement. She and her
roommate Ruby were tearing through their tiny closets, collecting a pile of “provocative”
items to consider wearing to that night’s party. The theme was “burlesque,” so they were
going for a classy stripper vibe. Bridget offered her two cents as she headed back to her own
room: “Lacy bras, corsets, fishnet stockings— anything that hints at being sexy underwear!”
Ruby pulled on tights, short shorts, and calf-high boots. On top she wore a bright yellow bra
and a see-through white tank top. Miranda plumped her breasts and contemplated her outfit,
a black crop top and a cherry red skirt with a zipper running down the front. She unzipped
it a bit from the bottom and, then, a bit more. Ruby finished her “sleepy, drowsy, sexy eye
look” with a splash of yellow to match the bra, just as Bridget walked back in balancing
three shots of Smirnoff. “Let’s get some dick tonight, ladies!” she yelled. They tossed back
their shots and headed out. It was approaching midnight. (Wade 2017, p. 27)
Initiating Hook-up Sex: Grinding Dancing at Parties 165
After getting physically and mentally prepared for hook-up sex, social interactions
are cultivated to make it happen.
Ensuring that they are seen dancing and potentially hooking up with just the right person,
all while super drunk, takes careful planning, consideration, and decision-making. It is a
delicate ballet, a calculated grind. Men hope to approach and be welcomed by the buttocks
of women who are considered to be as hot or hotter than them. Women, in response, make
their own judgment call— or let their friends make one from across the circle— and respond
by grinding with feeling, with indifference, or skittering away. If one or both partners seem
uninterested, the dance may be short-lived. If both partners are into it, the physical contact
can escalate quickly. A Stanford student observed that “men are allowed to touch women in
such ways that would otherwise be deemed inappropriate.” My students said the same: it’s “a
license to grope,” one woman remarked. If things get especially hot and heavy, it’s perfectly
within the rules to reach underneath a woman’s clothes and even into her body. Fingering
occurs with some regularity at college dance parties. It’s “a common thing,” observed one
of my students, echoing several others. Accordingly, students in monogamous relationships
don’t generally grind, except with each other; it’s considered cheating” (38).
At a party, “All around me,” she wrote, “I saw female friends of mine meeting
guys and flirting, dancing, and then making out.” She would join the dance floor
shortly and, in the midst of the throbbing crowd, end up dancing with Levi. They
danced for a while, she turned around, and eventually Levi carried her piggyback
the two blocks to his dorm. They fell into his bed, laughing, and “suddenly it was
happening.” (p. 39).
Again, we see girls actively, deliberately, voluntarily, and excitedly planning and
initiating hook-up sex. This includes a specific social psychology about selecting
acceptable partners. It must be as crude as the preparations of the act in order to
consummate the crude character of the hook-up itself.
About a guy she actually quite disliked, one of my female students said plainly, “I want to
hook-up with him for the social status.” Hooking up with students who are widely considered
hot was a way to get some of their status to rub off on you. “In our room,” one of my
male students wrote, “sex is a commodity, which, like gold, increases a man’s social status,
especially if he ‘scores’ or ‘pounds’ an especially blonde girl.” Blonde is hot.”
“The whole point of hook-ups,” wrote one girl, “is get some and then be able to point the
person out to your friends and be like, ‘Yeah, that guy. That’s right. The hot one over there. I
got that.’” “It’s almost bragging rights,” revealed another, “if you hook-up with a guy with a
higher social status.” Athletes on certain teams and members of high-status fraternities tend
to be considered hotter than other men on campus, all things being equal. As a Bowdoin
student said, “He’s on the baseball team, so it doesn’t even matter who he is.” One of my
students noticed that women who hook-up with certain kinds of men would make a point to
emphasize it. “She will say, ‘I just hooked up with a frat guy,’ or ‘I hooked up with a guy on
166 6 Neoliberal Psychology
the football team,’” she noticed, “instead of just simply saying she hooked up with a guy.”
It makes a difference, she wrote: “It automatically sounds better.” (Wade pp. 34–36)
“From a woman at Duke: “Frat stars and athletes— those are the only ones that matter.
I mean, honestly.” Using indicators like hotness, blondness, fraternity membership, and
athletic prowess, students form a working consensus about who is hookup-worthy, and that
guides their decisions. “So many hook-ups,” confirmed one student, “are dictated by how
our peers view the potential partner.” She admitted that she usually asked other people what
they thought of guys before getting together with them. “I am unable to separate my opinion
from those of my friends,” she wrote frankly. Let me be careful to distinguish this from the
idea that people seek sexual contact with others they find attractive. Nominally, at least, this
idea acknowledges that people have individual tastes. Beauty, they say, is in the eye of the
beholder. In hookup culture, though, beauty is in the eyes of the beholders, plural. A body’s
value is determined by collective agreement. It’s crowdsourced (pp. 36–37)
These comments reveal that the hook-up is not entirely for sex. It has an instru-
mental function of elevating one’s social status. Thus, the hook-up uses the partner for
one’s own sexual pleasure and also for one’s own social status. Both uses are devoid
of any personal consideration about the partner, which recapitulates economic market
relationships, as I have explained earlier.
An example of how hook-up partners use each other for their own satisfaction is
Kendra who quite enjoyed her hookup. “I had fun,” she remembered, “and it was a
learning experience, and it made me feel good about myself because I felt attractive
to someone.” (p. 37). Kendra basks in the abstract feeling of being attractive to
someone without having had any personal interaction during the crude sexual act. The
concrete individuality of the boy who found her attractive, and the reasons he found
her attractive, are irrelevant to Kendra’s happiness about having been recognized by
someone, i.e., anyone.
Students actively use their agencies and subjectivities to keep hook-ups impersonal,
casual, alienated, hedonistic. They minimize their interaction with their partner to
ensure that s/he does not take it as a sign of affection which can be deepened:
Expressions of tenderness— like gentle kisses, eye contact, holding hands, cuddling, and
caresses— are to be avoided. “Cuddling is for people you love,” insisted a student, adding,
“if you hold hands during sex, you’re making love. If you make eye contact during sex,
you’re making love.” Hooking up is not making love. It makes sense, when you think about
it. If students accept the idea that casual sex is meaningless, then essentially everything
else— no matter how small— carries more meaning. “That little touching definitely signifies
something,” wrote a student about holding hands, “something a little more than just fucking.”
(p. 136)
After it’s all over, students confirm that a hookup meant nothing by giving their relationship—
whatever it was— a demotion. The rule is to be less close after a hookup than before, at
least for a time. If students were good friends, they should act like acquaintances. If they
were acquaintances, they should act like strangers. And if they were strangers, they shouldn’t
Emotionally Capping the Hook-up 167
acknowledge each other’s existence at all. “Unless at the beginning you’ve made it clear that
you want more than a hookup,” wrote a male student at Bowdoin, “then the expectation is…
just to pretend it didn’t happen.” (p. 47). A female student snorted when asked if she would
hook-up with a guy a second time. “No way,” she said gruffly. She had “no feelings for him,”
so he was “not a viable hookup ever again.” (p. 46)
“Since Ruby and Levi had been close friends before their hookup, she temporarily demoted
him to acquaintance. A few days later, Ruby filled me in: I’ve seen and interacted with Levi
a few times— definitely much less than I would have in a normal three-day span. I’ve only
spent about ten minutes alone with him, in which we joked and made casual small talk,
graciously avoiding the fact that we’ve had each other’s genitals in our mouths.” It worked.
A week later, Ruby would happily report, “It’s as if it [the hook-up] never happened and I
am perfectly good with that.” (p. 48)
Here, Ruby carefully capped Levi’s perception and emotion about the hook-up so
that she could maintain her former distant relationship with him.
Girls do not want attachments and they resent it when boys think they do: “I felt
no attachment to him whatsoever,” Netta wrote matter-of-factly. But he came by her
dorm room drunk the next day anyway, sloppily blurting out that he thought she was
too “attached to him.” She was “completely insulted” by his assumption that she
was the more “desperate” of the two.” (pp. 141–142). Girls don’t want boys caring
if they are hurt because that is “benevolent sexism.”
The alienated, impersonal quality of neoliberal, hook-up sex is depicted by
Magritte’s painting The Lovers:
168 6 Neoliberal Psychology
Macro cultural psychological methodology for analyzing hook-up sex follows Leon-
tiev’s formulation: “Our general method consists in finding the structure of men’s
activity that is engendered by given concrete, historical conditions, and starting from
that structure to bring out the essential psychological features of the structure of their
consciousness” (Leontiev 2009, p. 207, my emphasis).
Of course, this isomorphism is not mechanically stamped onto consciousness
by social conditions. Individual subjectivity is actively involved in fashioning their
psychology from macro cultural factors. Individuals organize neoliberal cultural ele-
ments in a particular manner and draw them into their sexual and personal social
relations. Agency internalizes and reproduces normative cultural factors in new vari-
ants in new social-psychological fields. Individual agency is the subjective animation
of this cultural-psychological process that ultimately derives from the political char-
acter of macro cultural factors and psychological tools.
This is evident in the first narrative from University of Pennsylvania girls, as I
have articulated. Personal enactments of activity are moments of forming a cultural
habitus, they are not moments of personal expression or agency. Hook-up sex, like
all psychological phenomena, is culture-centric, not person-centric.
Wade’s students confirm that wild, free, crude, oblivious, sensational sex is actu-
ally an act of social cognition, social conformity, and social reproduction. This is an
important lesson of cultural psychology.
Wade’s hook-up students—female and male—appropriate specific neoliberal
forms of behavior into their personal, sexual encounters. These include:
• Estrangement—hook-ups reproduced economic estrangement. Boys and girls
eschew personal intimacy and dependency, just as economic players eschew close
personal ties to prepare for market interactions, fluctuations, and competitions. The
point of market exchange is to sell and purchase the product as efficiently as possi-
ble. The hookup is impersonal from the start. The subjects are merely repositories
of a product—sex—which is to be exchanged as efficiently as possible, without
personal entanglements. Girls prepare to have sex with anonymous partners who
are stand-ins for random consumers that producers attract on the economic market.
Girls grind with boys whom they do not even see, and they use signs from their
onlooking friends to decide whether to continue the grind or dispose of him for
another anonymous consumer.
• Volatility/precarity/temporality of social relations.
• instrumentalism—using people for one’s self-gain.
• Egocentrism—fulfilling one’s own desires while not considering the other’s.
• Commoditization—of one’s self and body, and others’ selves and bodies, to raise
their exchange value on the interpersonal marketplace of status.
• Branding. Selves and bodies are packaged and marketed in terms of their superficial
appearance just as consumer products are. Consumerist branding permeates the
sexual relation.
Macro Cultural Psychological Analysis of Hook-up Sex 169
Family
Political
Economy Language
Education Religion
Cultural System
Literature,
Music Personal
Movies Responsibility
Clothing
Ideology
Psychological
Phenomenon/
Behavior:
Hook-up sex
Fig. 6.1 Subjectivity totalizes macro cultural factors in innovative, culturally-congruent, behavior
Girls who think, perceive, feel, and imagine that altruistic, considerate boys are
weak and irresponsible, are simply adopting the cognitive-perceptual-emotional ide-
ological package of entrepreneurialism as their psychological tool.
Likewise, hook-up sex requires careful emotional management of oneself and of
one’s partner, to ensure that social-psychological distance is maintained, and that sex-
ual intimacy is not misconstrued as personal-psychological intimacy. The narratives
reveal how girls cap the interaction after it has been consummated. This parallels
the management of workers who are terminated. Terse strategies are prepared and
implemented by personnel staff for summarily informing workers, outsourcing some
brief counselling resources if necessary, and then calling guards to physically escort
the workers off the premises before they can disturb the ongoing work or require
more extensive expenditures for treatment. The terminated employees are dispensed
with as rapidly and officiously and decisively and expeditiously and irreversibly and
impersonally as possible. Girls admit they employ the same strategy to dispense
with their disposable lovers after they have used them for their satisfaction. Ruby’s
happy report, “It’s as if it never happened and I am perfectly good with that” is the
exact sentiment that the personnel manager feels when the disgruntled, dismissed,
employee walks out of her office.
This macro cultural-psychological explanation and description of neoliberal hook-
up sex can be detected in the sexual narratives. Non-cultural constructs about sex
are neither necessary, nor useful. Hook-up sex is neither a personal nor biological
response to neoliberal cultural factors. Hook-up sex is not a pleasure principle or
life force (libido, Eros) that opposes the work principle. It is neoliberal pleasure that
complements and sustains neoliberal work.
Hook-up sex is neoliberal pleasure that reinforces the neoliberal system. It is not
an escape from the system; it is a deeper conformity to the system by integrating
personal sex within that system’s character. Pleasure is a cultural phenomenon as
much as work is. It takes on a cultural form that is congruent with the system’s form.
Hook-up sex demonstrates this lesson from macro cultural psychology.
Hook-up sex activates neoliberal sensibilities in the sexual act—including its
preparation and termination. It is a practice field for developing and solidifying and
habituating neoliberal competencies. It makes people more adaptable to neoliberal
activities required at work, in school, in shopping, in medical encounters. For these
activities resonate with the social interactions at parties and in bed. Neoliberal sex
makes it easy to transition from the bedroom to the workplace. For it is all one
seamless system. We have seen that the students want to be free to pivot from one to
the other without contradictory encumbrances. They want sex to be congruent with,
and adaptable to, study and work. Hook-up sex fits the bill. Hook-up sex thus makes
lovers better employees or managers or students. It is socially functional.
Sex functions the same way that entertainment does. Neoliberal capitalism pro-
vides entertainment—movies, shows, arts, sports—that provide pleasure in a neolib-
eral form and content. This infuses the specific behaviors of neoliberal society with
pleasure. It does not contradict them with competing forms of pleasure, for this con-
trast would expose them as oppressive. Infusing neoliberal behaviors with pleasure
makes them agreeable and obscures their oppression.
172 6 Neoliberal Psychology
Because sexual pleasure and personal relations are conduits for neoliberal fea-
tures, it is true that neoliberalism is a sexually transmitted disease—just as it is a
cognitively transmitted disease, an emotionally transmitted disease, a perceptually
transmitted disease, an artistically transmitted disease, a pedagogically transmitted
disease, a religiously transmitted disease, a news-transmitted disease, and a med-
ically transmitted disease. Every domain that neoliberalism permeates becomes a
domain for extending it and strengthening it.
This empirical data from cultural psychological research validates macro cultural
psychology for comprehending everyday psychology. The research demonstrates
that the conical model of culture is valid, because the neoliberal political economy is
clearly the base of neoliberal society and its class structure; neoliberal macro cultural
factors such as education, sports, government, health care, research, ideology, news,
arts, entertainment are imbued with neoliberal characteristics and reproduce and
extend them.
Individuals do internalize cultural factors as tools for organizing the form and
content of their psychological phenomena—their psychological identity, their mem-
ory (e.g., professors’ memories about their student debt), their perceptions, inter-
pretation, emotionality, sexuality, and motivation. Macro cultural psychology fully
accounts for the concrete form and content of, cultural psychology. The theory is
insightful, specific, deep, and comprehensive in explaining, describing, and pre-
dicting neoliberal psychology. Macro cultural psychology explains the distortions,
oversights, ignorance, and self-destructiveness of psychological phenomena; it traces
these to cultural mystification, ideology, and exploitation.
Tracing neoliberal psychology to macro culture explicates the deep, broad,
sociopolitical basis and character and function of any psychological phenomenon.
We have seen that neoliberal, hook-up sex is essentially a form/expression of neolib-
eral alienation. This cultural-political-economic factor admits of many particular
expressions. In other words, there is not a single, specific, macro cultural factor that
generates hook-up sex. Macro cultural psychology grounds hook-up sex in the polit-
ical economic system of alienation, oppression, etc. This essence is more important
for behavior/psychology than its particular form. It is a mistake to focus upon the
particular form because that leads to overlooking the general, systemic, political-
economic essence. The essence of hook-up sex is expressed in seemingly contrary
sexual psychology/behavior – namely increased celibacy. Julian (2018) summarizes
a great deal of documentation of this. This phenomenon is actually similar to the
essence of hook-up sex. Hook-up sex is essentially individualized sex where each
partner focuses upon his/her own sexual fulfillment, devoid of personal intimacy.
This is not very different from pure self-stimulation which occurs in sexual celibacy.
The physical instrumentality of the hook-up partner is simply replaced by truly
physical instruments of stimulation. Hook-up sex maintains a deliberate psycholog-
Macro Cultural Psychological Analysis of Hook-up Sex 173
ical distance from the partner, which is only expressed more genuinely in celibate
sexual stimulation. The other matters so little in hook-up sex, that he or she is read-
ily replaced by a true, physical object. Thus, the seeming antithesis between wild,
gregarious, hook-up sex and solitary self-stimulation is revealed by macro cultural
psychological analysis to be two forms of the same essential alienation, depersonal-
ization, and self-stimulation. This deep, political-economic, essence is revealed by
macro cultural psychology to be the necessary target of social-psychological enrich-
ment/emancipation. Macro cultural psychology analyzes the cultural-psychological
quality of gregarious hook-ups that is not obvious from their overt behavior.
The concrete neoliberal consequences of macro cultural psychology are that individ-
uals are agents of neoliberalism, just as Milton Friedman was. Hook-up participants
are neoliberal revolutionaries who tear down the ramparts of traditional society—i.e.,
traditional sexuality—and replace them with new, neoliberal forms of behavior.
Each woman who engages in a hook-up relation is depersonalizing, commodi-
fying, estranging, branding, trivializing, and instrumentalizing her partner—just as
any salesperson or manager does within market relations. Indeed, sex is a more
effective, insidious, transmission of neoliberal practices and values than commercial
salesmanship because it is disguised by intimate, personal pleasure.
Each hook-up participant is oppressed by capitalist culture, but is also an oppres-
sive oppressor of her partners; each is a victim and victimizer. In both of these
complementary roles, the individual is a cultural agent with cultural agency and
cultural competencies.
There is nothing “personal” or “authentic” about this; the behavior cannot be
validated as authentic personhood which expresses personal choice of behavior. Per-
sonhood, agency, femininity, physicality, and expressiveness are neoliberalized; they
do not express admirable or creative, counter-cultural impulses. Their activity repro-
duces, intensifies, and extends normative, oppressive neoliberal society.
They must all be criticized on these grounds. Social norms cannot be utilized as
ideals of fulfilling behavior. On the contrary, they must be criticized when they are
oppressive and mystifying. This is pre-requisite for developing a counter-cultural
subjectivity that can engage in emancipatory activity. Current forms of subjectivity,
physicality, intersubjectivity, and femininity are anathema to emancipatory activity
because they reproduce neoliberal behaviors.
This proves that the glorifying of indigenous psychology is oppressive. It uncrit-
ically adopts indigenous norms as culturally fulfilling and worthy of respect. Yet
neoliberalism is an indigenous psychology developed within an indigenous culture
of neoliberal capitalism by indigenous citizens of that culture. We have seen what
this indigenous culture and psychology have done to people (socially, politically,
economically, ecologically, and morally). Macro cultural psychology provides the
political critique of culture by exposing its political base.
This is the subject of the next chapter.
174 6 Neoliberal Psychology
Notes
1. “The roots of habitus are found in Aristotle’s notion of hexis, elaborated in his
doctrine of virtue in the Nicomachean Ethics (c. 350 BC), meaning an acquired
yet entrenched state of moral character that orients our feelings and desires, and
thence our conduct. The term was translated into Latin as habitus (past participle
of the verb habere, to have or hold) in the thirteenth century by Thomas Aquinas
in his Summa Theologiae, written in 1269.” “Bourdieu elaborated habitus analyt-
ically at the turn of the 1970s through a dual critique of Sartre’s phenomenology
and Le’vi-Strauss’s structuralism” (Wacquant 2016, pp. 65, 66).
2. Clothing merchants did not create age distinctions on their own, although they
articulated these ideas in ways that specifically induced consumerism. Other
macro cultural contributed as well. Schools had already divided students into
age-graded classes (Cook 2004, p. 98). In addition, some of the psychological
ideas of the merchants had been articulated by child psychologists such as Hall
and Freud—who had articulated the notion of developmental stages and the
notion that child psychology was different from adult psychology and could not
be understand by ordinary parents.
Part IV
Macro Cultural Psychological Theory and
Psychological and Cultural Emancipation
Chapter 7
Macro Cultural Psychological Science
Generates Insights for Cultural
Emancipation and Psychological
Emancipation
In this concluding chapter we review the scientific points of macro cultural psychol-
ogy that have been extended by the practical study of neoliberal psychology. We then
examine how this cultural psychological science generates insights into cultural and
psychological emancipation, or fulfillment.
The analysis of neoliberal psychology presented in this book has been driven by
a general theory of psychology and culture—namely, macro cultural psychology,
which extends cultural-historical psychology that Vygotsky formulated. This theory
has laid out the central points of our analysis:
A. Neoliberal psychology is an element of neoliberal culture/society. Neoliberal
psychology is the subjectivity of neoliberal society. It is the subjectivity that
animates neoliberalism and maintains it. It is required by society, stimulated
by society, supported by society, administered by society, organized by society,
embedded in society, and extends and reproduces neoliberal society. This is the
general truth of macro cultural psychology that applies to any psychology in any
society.
B. General, cultural-psychological theory has also supplied the conical model of
culture as a political economic system.
C. Psychology emanates from this system, bears its features and its organization. As
such, neoliberal psychology can only be comprehended in terms of the foregoing
points.
D. Macro cultural psychology also explains how psychology is embedded in macro
cultural factors. This makes them “psychological tools” that transmit their
culturally-formed subjectivity to individuals who utilize them. This makes it
© Springer Nature Switzerland AG 2019 177
C. Ratner, Neoliberal Psychology, International and Cultural Psychology,
https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-02982-1_7
178 7 Macro Cultural Psychological Science Generates Insights …
crucial to comprehend the cultural system that generates the form and content
of the subjectivity that resides in psychological tools.
Macro cultural psychology directs us to understand that culture is political and
historically oppressive. It is not quaint, shared, customs that are created by “the
people.”
We must know what power is in order to identify it in society and its effects in
psychology (Lukes 2005).
Similarly, social class is not merely a quantitative distribution in income that
occurs because some people get better jobs than others—and that class mobility
is a simple matter of finding a better job. Social class is a political-economic
structure that reflects the domination and exploitation by the capitalist owners
of social institutions and resources. Exploitation and domination are the central
features of social class. They generate and permeate all the particular instances
of class differences in psychology. They must be the target of understanding
social class and eliminating it.
We must be equally well-versed in elements of neoliberalism such as ideology.
We must apprehend the neoliberal form of psychological phenomena as cultural
capital. We must understand the role ideology plays in society, i.e., the need for
it to mask social oppression. We must know the forms ideology takes in neolib-
eralism. Only then can we recognize its influence in psychological phenomena,
such as the entrepreneurial self. We must be able to distinguish the ideological
form of the self from the capitalist reality of the self. This will enable us to help
people understand their exploited, real selves as opposed to the ideologically
mystified conception they have of autonomy. It will also help people to under-
stand the social structural reasons for behavior and conditions, as opposed to
fictitious individualistic explanations.
E. Macro cultural psychology’s emphasis on social structures and systems as the
explanation, description, and prediction of psychological phenomena, expands
the theory of general psychology to encompass certain features of neoliberalism.
The theory incorporates knowledge about different kinds of psychological tools
such as advertising, and job training, and the ways in which they permeate psy-
chology. We have learned how advertising penetrates psychological phenom-
ena by personal and social insinuations. We have learned how manufacturers
and advertisers cleverly commodified children’s and mothers’ emotions, needs,
and thoughts. We have learned from neoliberal psychology the centrality of
ideology as a psychological tool. We have learned how social class forms lin-
guistic codes into a psychological tool. We have also learned from neoliberal
psychology how college students actively take up neoliberalism into their per-
sonal sexual relations. And we have learned from neoliberal psychology how
cultural-psychological tools thoroughly organize the relationship between psy-
chological phenomena, e.g., advertising makes irrational, impulsive, emotions
dominant over reflective reason. These concrete forms of macro cultural factors
and psychology extend Vygotsky’s general statements about tools, and individ-
uals internalizing social relations.
The Scientific Value of Macro Cultural Psychological Theory … 179
stage analysis of problems. Future alternatives are not metaphysical wishes; they
must be viable possibilities that are grounded in the present reality and compre-
hensively negate it. The deduction about future alternatives is necessarily tentative,
because it must be adjusted to the concrete, material and subjective factors which
develop in the struggle for change. The future does not automatically unfold from the
present. It must be brought into existence through creative imagination, and struggle
against a tenacious set of established conditions. This includes culturally formed
habitus, consciousness, subjectivity, and agency that is often mystified about social
reality. These tenacious, oppressive subjective and objective conditions are impossi-
ble to entirely anticipate; they must be addressed as the struggle for transformation
proceeds. Individuals, groups, and even nation states that proclaim their support for
anti-neoliberal transformation are often tacit allies of neoliberalism who must be
combatted by true revolutionaries. Examples have been enumerated in this book.
This makes the struggle for emancipation complicated and uncertain, rather than
smooth and automatic.
At this point in world history, both stages of emancipation are in their infancy.
We have seen that the status quo is aware of the transformative potential of radical
analyses of the system, and it blunts, distorts, denies, and ignores such analyses.
This is why a psychological theory for apprehending neoliberalism and neoliberal
psychology has not been developed (It is also the reason that radical analyses such as
Marxism are either marginalized, or else distorted and stunted as in China.). We have
taken great pains to articulate such a theory because we need an adequate analysis
in order to deduce an adequate alternative.
Macro cultural psychology exposes the deep, central, systemic character of neolib-
eralism that generates oppressed, mystified, alienated, commodified, egotistical, irra-
tional, impulsive psychological phenomena. This reflects Vygotsky’s statement that
“Each person is to some degree a measure of the society, or rather class, to which he
belongs, for the whole totality of social relationships is reflected in him” (Vygotsky
1997a, p. 317).
This deep, systemic cause of neoliberal psychological problems can only be erad-
icated by transforming the political economic base of neoliberal society. Psycho-
logical interventions are obviously inadequate because they leave the problematical
cause of problems intact. It is impossible to reform neoliberalism into a humane, ful-
filling system, because that is neither its character nor objective. We have seen that the
capitalist ruling class enriches and empowers itself by exploiting and mystifying the
populace, controlling and plundering the social good and the social fabric, and disen-
franchising the public from political decision-making (see Hakim and Wines 2018).
All of this makes neoliberalism increasingly unbearable for the populace and pro-
vokes rebellion. Neoliberalism is then only able to rule by military repression. Trotsky
explained this in his book Fascism: What It Is and How to Fight It; “The historic
function of fascism is to smash the working class, destroy its organizations, and stifle
political liberties when the capitalists find themselves unable to govern and dominate
with the help of democratic machinery” (https://www.marxists.org/archive/trotsky/
works/1944/1944-fas.htm#p6). Fascism is thus a potential that is inherent in neolib-
The Political Value of Macro Cultural Psychological Theory … 181
change does not emanate from subjectivity itself. It is not a matter of subjectivity
imagining a more comfortable psychological and social condition. Rather, subjectiv-
ity must comprehend and work for the dialectical possibilities of the socio-political
system for superseding the current system in order for subjectivity to become ful-
filled/emancipated.
Vygotsky explained this in his analysis of psychological degradation: “the source
of the degradation of the personality in the capitalist form of manufacturing … cannot
be resolved without the destruction of the capitalist system organization of industry
… by the socialist revolution … Alongside this process, a change in the human
personality and an alteration of man himself must inevitably take place” (Vygotsky
1994a, pp. 180–181).
Vygotsky’s solution to psychological degradation was cultural-
political—socialism; it was not psychological. His cultural-psychological analysis
solved the psychological problem by drawing the problem into historical materialism.
Psychologists, psychiatrists, and mental health workers additionally contribute to
macro cultural, historical-materialist, change/emancipation by devising and explain-
ing ways that psychology must be reorganized to adjust to and facilitate emanci-
patory, macro cultural change. This will make psychology emancipatory in Luria’s
sense. Psychologists can address ways in which teaching (testing, and homework),
for example, may embody emancipatory social relations, rights, and responsibili-
ties. The same holds for family relations, friendships, dating, sex, self-development,
childhood, conflict resolution, consumerism, physical beauty, academic studying
(cognition, memory).
Psychologists can refine this material-historical process by contributing their sci-
entific and political insights about psychological phenomena. Psychologists can con-
tribute knowledge about the cognitive-interpretive forming of emotions and percep-
tion to facilitate the learning of altruistic, cooperative emotions that are necessary
for cooperative behavior and sharing. Psychologists can contribute their insights
about problems associated with neoliberal psychology, in order to educate people
away from it. This will complement struggles in the fields of education, medicine,
ecology, cooperative businesses, etc., to divest from neoliberal activities. Psychol-
ogists can additionally contribute insights about fulfilling cultural-psychology that
will enhance political emancipation. We can use our cultural-psychological research
to envision fulfilling cultural and psychological alternatives to neoliberalism that will
overcome its problems.
Psychology is first drawn into macro cultural factors in the cultural analysis of
psychological issues. Psychology must be analyzed in cultural-historical terms that
reveal historical materialist causes of problems and historical materialist solutions
to them. Subjectivities have to be examined in relation to governmental rationali-
ties, political-economic needs/dynamics, maintaining social class, power relations,
discursive regimes, cultural capital, ideological mystification, alienation, and juridi-
cal norms that constitute them. The journal, Studies in the Maternal (www.mamsie.
bbk.ac.uk), adopts this macro cultural perspective: Studies in the Maternal is an
international, peer-reviewed, scholarly online journal. It aims to provide a forum for
contemporary critical debates on the maternal understood as: lived experience, social
The Political Value of Macro Cultural Psychological Theory … 183
location, political and scientific practice, economic and ethical challenge, a theoret-
ical question, and a structural dimension in human relations, politics and ethics. We
are especially interested in work in the areas of: the cultural politics of reproduction,
natality and birth, and the political possibilities that arise from understandings of the
maternal in the context of global/local, neo-liberal, late-capitalist conditions.
Critical discourse analysis similarly tends to focus upon the ways in which the
availability and localized uses of certain discursive constructions maintain and legit-
imate existing power relations within institutions and institutional practices.
This macro cultural psychological analysis explicates macro cultural influences,
formation, and operation in psychology. This makes psychology a window into soci-
ety, and sensitive to the direction that society must be changed.
Analyses that fall short of this epistemology-methodology render us ignorant of
psychology’s historical materialist base, which then renders us ignorant of historical
materialist factors and processes that must be transformed in particular directions in
order to solve the causes of psychological problems. Scientific shortcomings culmi-
nate in political shortcomings.
Because this is the crucial issue for psychological work and psychological eman-
cipation, it warrants explication with an example. I would like to use our example
of hook-up sex to demonstrate the political shortcomings that result from a flawed
scientific analysis of hook-up sex. This analysis is flawed because it does not eluci-
date the neoliberal capitalist form of hook-up sex that is ultimately the product of
the neoliberal political economic core of society.
Disturbingly, hookup culture also effectively allows sexual predators to hide in plain sight
since their criminal activity might be indistinguishable from some of hookup culture’s ugly
but acceptable behaviors. Through Wade’s students’ anecdotes, they identified at least one
sexual predator who was making his way across campus.
On the scientific level, this social analysis falsifies Wade’s data because it fails
to acknowledge the neoliberal origins, characteristics, dynamics, and function of
hook up sex. Sexist origins, characteristics, and functions are not neoliberal origins,
characteristics, and functions.
The narratives of the hook up girls refute the explanation and description of
hook up sex as fundamentally sexist. The girls were not seduced or coerced into it
unwillingly, to serve male power and privilege. Girls proudly and actively initiated
the alienated, impersonal, superficial, sensational, crude sexual relations of hook up
sex. They proclaimed themselves to be sexual vultures aiming to get some dick. They
flaunt their bodies and engage in provocative, crude sexual advances to encourage
boys to grind on them without even seeing who the boys are. Girls report enjoying
hook ups on a sexual level and also on a life-style level that comports with their
educational and occupational situation.
Girls have even adopted hook-up sex as their emancipatory ideal and symbol.
They actively resist psychological and social intimacy with their partners, and they
resent it when boys worry about girls’ feelings. Girls maintain emotional distance
with boys, which refutes Koehler’s false claim that emotional distance serves only
boy’s pleasure and leads to abuse and rape when women want to set their own limits.
Wade’s data demonstrate that women not only set their own emotionally distant
limits; they also feel decisive and strong and independent about them. Women are
quite brutal in enforcing emotional distance when their partners (male and female)
intimate any sense of intimacy.
Many women on campus are so drawn to the ideal of hook ups that feel like
they’re failing to be liberated if they don’t have them. They say things like “I
really envy the women who can [participate in hookup culture]. I wish I was
like them” (http://www.alternet.org/culture/hooking-core-requirement-casual-sex-
college-isnt-optional-anymore-its-imperative?akid=15201.152322.ZxHY-e&rd=
1&src=newsletter1072149&t=18) (This means that the pull of hook up sex is
underestimated by statistics on participation. For many non-participants wish to do
it while struggling to overcome their traditional values.).
Nor do boys use hook ups to conquer girls and force them into unwanted sex. Boys
do not need to force them because the girls want unfeeling, uncaring, meaningless,
crude sex. Both genders use each other for their own pleasure and social status in the
eyes of their friends.
The sexism interpretation of alcohol’s role in hook ups is also wrong. It assumes
that alcohol renders girls weak and vulnerable to unwanted sexual abuse by boys.
The truth is exactly the opposite. Wade reports that girls deliberately drink before
they enter hook up situations and during them. They use alcohol to free themselves
from traditional inhibitions on wild, hedonistic, impersonal sex so that they may
engage in it.
Gender as an Explanatory and Emancipatory Psychological Construct 185
The fallacy of “hook-ups as sexist” is that it narrows the encounter to male power
and privilege that abuse demure females who get waylaid while looking for tradi-
tional, loving relationships. This ignores the full cultural-psychology of hook ups for
both genders. It ignores the full set of neoliberal, cultural pressures and values that
have permeated boys’ and girls’ desires for personal and sexual relatedness. Their
social psychology affirms and reproduces and extends neoliberal practices and val-
ues. These are utilized in every step of planning, initiating, and implementing hook
up sex. They are creatively brought to fruition in the participants’ psychological and
social activity.
Another scientific fallacy of the gender/sexism conception of hook up sex is its
interpretation of the sexual abuse that occasionally occurs. It is attributed to cunning
manipulation by males to incapacitate women and assert sexual, political, power over
them. Hook-up sexual abuse is even associated with sexual predators, as Koehler
opines.
This is a narrow, superficial, erroneous explanation and description of sexual
abuse. Hook-up sex has little to do with sexual predation. Koehler cites only one case
of a sexual predator who infiltrated the hundreds of hook-ups reported by Wade’s sub-
jects. This is clearly a dishonest association. Homosexual hook ups—which Koehler
says were the first manifestation of hook-up sex—reveal that they are not a function
of male-female sexism.
Macro cultural psychology explains that sexual abuse during hook ups is a func-
tion of the neoliberal character of the encounter that encompass both genders. Abuse
is a function of the alienated, impersonal, hedonistic, sensationalistic, uncaring, crude
physicality of the hook up encounter that facilitates abuse. With girls provoking boys
sexually to grab them from behind and grind with them, and finger their genitals,
without even seeing them or communicating with them, and with both parties intox-
icated to free themselves from social inhibitions to better express raw (impersonal)
sexual urges, it is easy to comprehend how sometimes boys act more roughly than
girls expect. It is also easy to comprehend that sometimes girls would feel the tug of
traditional sexual norms that lead them to feel guilty about their impersonal sexual
encounter, and to deny responsibility for it by feeling coerced by their partner.
Our cultural-political analysis of sexual abuse, like hook-up sex, recognizes it
as an indictment of neoliberalism that calls for transforming it. With neoliberal sex
depersonalizing males and females, it unites them together in having an interest to
oppose its neoliberal social roots (Hochschild 2018 documents the massive oppres-
sion that males face, which makes their objective interest aligned with emancipation
of women).
Reducing hook-up sex to the social-sexual drive of one gender, removes it as a
social critique of neoliberalism. It also fragments and opposes the interests of males
and females. This destroys the universality of the struggle for social emancipation,
and reduces it to curtailing toxic male sexuality by sensitivity training and punish-
ment, and replacing males with women in leadership positions. These never touch
the fundamentals of neoliberal capitalism, which is why they are endorsed by main-
stream society.2
186 7 Macro Cultural Psychological Science Generates Insights …
In government, women have been shown to be more collaborative and bipartisan, and promote
more policies supporting women, children and social welfare.
“That has been true in Congress, said Tina Smith, a Democratic senator from Minnesota. In
a highly polarized Senate, women tend to be unusually collegial across party lines, she said,
and the 23 female senators meet for dinner monthly.”
“I believe you’re successful and you get things done if you have relationships with people,”
she said. “That’s the ground for accomplishing something, certainly in the legislative world”.
(Carlse 2018)
The claim is that women have a distinctive capability to solve problems by working
amicably together to find the best, common solution. Femininity/sisterhood super-
sedes political conflict. Femininity transects class and politics. It cuts through and
dispenses with politics, conflict, social class, the profit motive, and imperialism.
This is the vertical line in Fig. 7.1. Femininity/sisterhood makes political economic
change unnecessary; for women already have the psychological tools for cooperat-
ing, empathizing, tolerating. Femininity transects social class so any women is well
equipped to relate to other women regardless of their class. A capitalist woman is
just as cooperative, empathic, and moral as a working-class woman because these
are traits of womanhood. Therefore, there is no reason to oppose the capitalist class
structure, because women can solve problems within it.
Of course, this gender-centrism is entirely ideological and does not describe real-
ity. The Senate confirmation of Brett Kavanaugh for Supreme Court justice, in Nov.,
2018 is a telling refutation. Every Democratic female senator voted against confir-
mation, while all the 6 Republican females, save one exception, voted to confirm.
Clearly there was no feminine collegiality or bipartisanship in this vote. Politics
overrode gender identity. Political conflicts, exploitation, war, alienation, poverty,
190 7 Macro Cultural Psychological Science Generates Insights …
for expanded emancipation from the political economy and the neoliberal system, as
part of gender emancipation.
This expansion from gender to political economy changes gender from a purely
cultural phenomenon—i.e., a set of customs and beliefs—into a cultural element of
a political economic social system (see Ghodsee 2018; Ghodsee & Mead 2018). It
overcomes the division of the sexes that gender emancipation promotes. For political-
economic oppression oppresses men as well as women. Consequently, drawing gen-
der issues into the political economy makes it a unifying force that unites both
genders to oppose their common enemy. This is a more powerful, unified, deeper,
and broader struggle for emancipation than gender-centrism is. It ties gender emanci-
pation to labor emancipation and class emancipation. This is essential for liberating
working class people who are oppressed by labor and social class along with gender.
Segregating gender from capitalism and class makes gender emancipation irrelevant
to economic emancipation and vice versa. This is particularly harmful to working
class people because they need economic and political emancipation. It benefits
the capitalist class who does not want political-economic critique and emancipation
(from capitalism) to be implicated in gender emancipation.
Martin Luther King recognized all of this in relation to race. He believed that
civil rights for blacks (e.g., social justice) required an economic system that afforded
and ensured economic justice among all people. He saw that abstract civil rights
without a concrete economic system that could implement them were fruitless. King
believed that unions were the mechanism for achieving economic justice for all
working people, including blacks. Black advancement and equality was not simply
a social, moral issue. Black workers needed to join unions to achieve true economic
advancement and equality that unions fought for. They had to fight poverty, not
simply racism, in order to achieve advancement. This recognition of broad, political-
economic issues related to racism led King to recognize the political economic basis
of imperialism, and he condemned the US invasion of Vietnam in the 1960s. All of
this was directly relevant to improving the conditions of black people, because their
oppression was based in the political economic system of capitalism; it was not a
narrow racial issue. Integrating the dominant, oppressive elements of capitalism with
racism led King to broaden the fight over racial justice to fight against capitalism.
This drew whites and blacks together to fight their common enemy. It gave whites
a vested interest in fighting racism because racism crystalized (totalized) capitalism
which also oppressed white people (Reed 2018).
This explanation of emancipation and its errors by macro cultural psychologi-
cal theory is enriched by including a supportive example from Chinese neoliberal
ideology. The Chinese Communist Party uses its ideology of “socialism with Chi-
nese characteristics” to destroy proletarian class consciousness in the same way that
gender-centrism does. This ideology contorts socialism into a “trans-class” notion
that embraces capitalists and proletarians as allies in developing socialism. CCP
goes so far as to admit capitalists into Communist Party membership alongside the
proletariat. This is depicted in Fig. 7.2, that has the same form as Fig. 7.1.
Both feminist ideology and socialist ideology create the sense of comradeship
among class enemies that transcends their antagonistic class interests. This destroys
192 7 Macro Cultural Psychological Science Generates Insights …
the possibility of the proletariat becoming a class for itself with consciousness of its
historic need to eradicate the capitalist class and system.
Of course, any alliance between capitalists and workers is an unholy alliance
that is always undermined by objective antagonisms in the class interests of the two
groups. Being the dominant group (economically and politically), capitalists will
always ensure that their interests remain normative. Socialism with Chinese char-
acteristics becomes neoliberalism with Chinese characteristics, and gender identity
and emancipation become bourgeois gender identity and emancipation.
The way to highlight class by class consciousness, so that class consciousness
highlights the political economic basis of society, is to develop class consciousness
as the perspective for analyzing social issues such as gender relations and socialism.
This will draw women and men together to transform the political economic and
class basis of gender relations. Gender will no longer transect and transcend social
class; it will be an organic feature of social class that participates in its transfor-
mation, democratization, and collectivization. A class perspective will conversely
activate working people to comprehend the sources of their oppression in capitalist
exploitation, and to force capitalists to abide by the class interests of the majority
of the people, which is the working class. This will replace the partnership between
workers and capitalists which incongruously leaves the capitalists free to own and
control institutions which oppress the workers.
My criticism of neoliberalism’s individualistic focus is not to deny the importance
of individual behavior, relations, and problems. My criticism is that neoliberalism
takes these phenomena as primary, or even exclusive, problems that originate within
the individual and his interpersonal relations. The truth is that individual acts are
cultural, and they must be extended to cultural causes, characteristics, functions,
and improvements. Interpersonal problems must be recognized as a subset of broad,
macro, political-economic oppression of women and men. Imperialist invasions of
countries kill, maim, displace, and traumatize far more women than interpersonal
sexual harassment does. To be concerned with oppression of women, people must
be concerned with macro, political, economic, military, structural, oppression, first
and foremost. Interpersonal oppression must be situated within this context of macro
oppression; and macro oppression must be seen to have interpersonal forms. We
always want to draw micro levels of behavior into macro levels; we want to define
them in macro terms with macro origins, macro features, and macro functions. We
exemplified this with Bernstein’s class-based, linguistic codes as the elements of
language that individuals speak. These are the units of analysis of language; they
are more important than individual or natural units of analysis. Stages in the com-
modification of concepts (chapter five) are similarly macro cultural constructs for
understanding psychological development. Solutions to gender violence must deal
first and foremost with its broadest, most devastating, macro forms. These forms
of solution must then extend “downward” to interpersonal violence—in accordance
with cultural psychology’s principle that psychology has cultural origins, character-
istics, and functions which are then internalized on the individual level. This makes
all forms of oppression historical-materialist in essence and in solution.
Gender as an Explanatory and Emancipatory Psychological Construct 193
(http://www.alternet.org/culture/hooking-core-requirement-casual-sex-college-
isnt-optional-anymore-its-imperative?akid=15201.152322.ZxHY-e&rd=1&src=
newsletter1072149&t=18).
“Playing it cool” is a broad value of capitalism that reflects alienation, egocentrism,
instrumentalism, and intense, competitive, pressures of precarious social activities
that keep individuals overworked and available for sudden demands from work and
school. The fact that girls adopt a cool, unemotional, demeanor of alienated intimacy
proves it is not a male, sexist phenomenon.
Wade explains the emancipatory socio-political implications of this kind of broad,
deep analysis of the psychology of sex: “The corrosive elements of hookup culture are
in all of our lives: in our workplaces, in our politics and the media, within our families
and friendships, and, yes, in bars and bedrooms. They’re even in our marriages. It
makes no sense to shake our fingers at college students.” Consequently, “If we want
to fix hookup culture, we have to fix American culture” (Wade 2017, p. 248).
The macro cultural psychological model of culture, as well as our detailed exam-
ination of capitalism explain what this fix requires (Ratner 2019). They direct us
to discover a concrete negation of the political economy of capitalism as key to
social and psychological emancipation. As Vygotsky stated earlier, “this places a
democratic, cooperative, communal, and centrally strong, form of socialism on the
agenda”.
If people lived and worked in democratic, cooperative, communities, they would
have strong, altruistic social relations that would obviate the elements of neoliberal
social relations that encompass gender and sexuality. Gender relations depend upon
194 7 Macro Cultural Psychological Science Generates Insights …
social relations; they cannot be improved as an isolated issue within the neoliberal
system.
The remaining question is “is such radical transformation possible?” It looks
impossible at this moment. However, history is replete with social revolutions by
oppressed people. Examples include anti-imperialist revolutions, such as the Alge-
rian revolution against France. All the bourgeois revolutions overthrew entrenched
aristocratic ruling classes and replaced them with a different class structure. Social-
ist revolutions in Cuba, China, and Russia victoriously overthrew existing ruling
classes. They failed to implement socialist, cooperative, democratic society—pri-
marily because of their own conditions and mistakes, which were abetted by capi-
talist attacks. However, the point for us is that they succeeded in transforming their
existing social systems. This should be sufficient to dispel pessimistic thoughts about
the impossibility of concrete, political-economic transformation.
Macro cultural psychology contributes to emancipation by adding psychology and
Psychology to the struggle for emancipation from neoliberal capitalism (see Ratner
2019).
Notes
And it does nothing to solve the material economic crises that the majority face.
This leaves the majority bereft of solutions to neoliberalism, and it allows neolib-
erals to appeal to the desperate majority with neoliberal solutions to crime and
jobs! This is why the most destitute people under neoliberalism adopt notions
of individual freedom and responsibility, and reductions in government services,
and reductions in environmental protections. They embrace these because liber-
als have not provided them with any different solutions to their problems. Instead,
liberals have emphasized support for cultural issues such as transgenders using
certain bathrooms, and women resisting unwanted sexual jokes and touching,
and deference to Islamic hijabs, and gender identity of new-borns, and welcom-
ing caravans of Honduran immigrants into the U.S. White factory workers or
farmers in Kansas, who have just lost their jobs and cannot feed their babies look
at this and think liberals are crazy. Even lower-class women feel their material
needs are more important than gender issues. This is reflected in the majority
white women’s vote for Trump. It is also reflected in the heavy female vote
for Bolsonaro in Brazil, despite his crude sexism. Many women felt he was the
woman’s candidate because he promised military crackdowns on crime which
threatens women, their children, and their husbands. A poor Brazilian mother
who is robbed on the street, or whose husband is killed by a gang, wants protec-
tion against this more than she wants protection from her boss kissing her. Yet
liberals discuss the latter far more than the former.
Liberal opponents to neoliberalism fail to appreciate the conical model of society
in which the political economy is dominant and must be confronted. It is the
central, mainstream political economy that is collapsing and ruining people. Yet
liberals shift attention to marginal issues that do not impact peoples’ lives as much
as political economic issues do. Liberals abandon the center and the base of social
life to the neoliberals who emphasize material issues such as jobs and national
security. We have seen that neoliberals cannot deliver on their promises. However,
they do raise these issues, which is appealing to the populace. Liberals emphasize
cultural issues which ignore the material needs of the majority populace. Given
this choice, the desperate, destitute populace are more attracted to neoliberal
promises than to liberal neglect and marginal issues.
Just imagine a recently unemployed woman clutching her 3-month old daughter
in her arms, while the sheriff is evicting her from her house out onto the street, and
she sees a news show about a woman who is accusing a man of having pushed her
onto a bed to have sex, 37 years ago when they were in high school, and then sees
a conservative candidate on tv who talks about expanding jobs for workers by
cutting taxes on business owners so they will expand their businesses in the next
six months. Which will gain the support of the destitute woman? Even objectively
speaking, which issue is more relevant to her immediate, material situation? The
gender show does not address her situation. She thinks it is nonsensical for this
reason and resents being bothered by it when she is destitute with an infant. So
she resents the liberal women who raise this issue, and she is attracted to the
conservative who is at least talking to her concern, even though we know he will
never resolve it. That is why the liberal cultural turn loses the majority every
196 7 Macro Cultural Psychological Science Generates Insights …
time. Even though its issues may be morally important, they are failures on the
political-economic level, which is what most impacts the average person. Liberals
have no coherent, viable solution to average, mainstream, economic problems,
which is what the average person desperately needs. After each electoral failure,
liberals insist that their moral issue is important and that people must be convinced
of this. “It is just wrong for any man at any time to try and force a woman to
have sex.” So, they continue to raise these issues instead of taking on more
central, material issues that impact ordinary people. In this way they continue
to facilitate the neoliberal and conservative victories that undermine the lives of
ordinary people, and also undermine the liberal issues. Liberals thus inadvertently
support neoliberal victories and their own defeat.
2. The Chinese State deliberately uses gender in this political way, to deflect atten-
tion from its destructive neoliberal practices. Yang (2016, p. 104) reports that
“official discourse emphasizes gender over class; such an emphasis on gender
(or psychotherapy) downplays class tension intensified by privatization. Class as
an analytical and political concept has been replaced by gender (and race). Also,
the rise in the post-Mao era of a biologized, naturalized understanding of gender
facilitates the expression of new class differences through gendered meanings.”
3. Mass shootings are treated in similar terms. These interpersonal attacks gen-
erate shock and outrage and sadness; they are attributed to individual, psycho-
logical deficiencies that are traced by news organizations in excruciating detail
over the killer’s lifespan. In contrast, imperialist invasions of countries such as
Iraq, Afghanistan, Yemen, Syria, Chile, Iran, etc., generate no such interest or
anger at the aggressor—despite the fact that imperialism kills far more innocent
people than mass killings do. Finally, solutions to mass killings are confined
to identifying and repulsing individuals who are presumed to be likely per-
petrators. These solutions include checking individual backgrounds, installing
surveillance devices to detect suspicious individuals, and prohibiting assault
weapons that individuals may purchase. Broad, political-economic solutions to
mass killings—e.g., changes in broad, cultural values or practices are never con-
sidered.
References
Abi-Habib, M. (June 26, 2018). In hock to China, Sri Lanka gave up territory, p. A1. https://www.
nytimes.com/2018/06/25/world/asia/china-sri-lanka-port.html?action=click&module=
Ribbon&pgtype=Article.
Agger, B., & Shelton, B. (2017). Time, motion, discipline: The authoritarian syllabus on American
college campuses. Critical Sociology, 43, 355–369.
Ailon, G. (2018, forthcoming). ‘No one to trust’: The cultural embedding of atomism in financial
markets. The British Journal of Sociology.
Althusser, L. (2001). Lenin and philosophy and other essays. N.Y.: Monthly Review Press.
Alvaredo, F., Chancel, L., Piketty, T., Saez, E., & Zucman, G. (2017). Global inequality dynamics:
New findings from WID.world. American Economic Review: Papers & Proceedings, 107(5),
404–409. https://doi.org/10.1257/aer.p20171095.
Andersen, P., & Hansen, M. (2012). Class and cultural capital: The case of class inequality in
educational performance. European Sociological Review, 28(5), 607–621.
Anyon, J. (1980). Social class and the hidden curriculum of work. Journal of Education, 162(1),
67–92.
Anyon, J. (1981). Social class and school knowledge. Curriculum Inquiry, 11(1), 3–42.
Appelbaum, E., & Batt, R. (2014). Private equity at work: When Wall Street manages Main Street.
N.Y.: Russell Sage Foundation.
Arendt, H. (1967, February 25). Truth and politics. The New Yorker, 43, 49–67. https://idanlandau.
files.wordpress.com/2014/12/arendt-truth-and-politics.pdf.
Aronson, P. (2017). ‘I’ve learned to love what’s going to pay me’: A culture of despair in higher
education during a time of insecurity. Critical Sociology, 43, 389–403.
Barkan, J. (2011, Winter). Got dough? How billionaires rule our schools. Dissent, 58(1), 49–57.
https://www.dissentmagazine.org/article/got-dough-how-billionaires-rule-our-schools.
Barrow, C. (2018). The entrepreneurial intellectual in the corporate university. Cham: Palgrave
Macmillan.
Bauman, Z. (1999). On postmodern uses of sex. Theory, Culture and Society, 15(3–4), 19–33.
Bauman, Z. (2003). Liquid love: On the frailty of human bonds. Cambridge: Polity Press.
Bean, L. (2014). The politics of evangelical identity: Local churches and partisan divides in the
United States and Canada. New Jersey: Princeton University Press.
Bericat, E. (2016). The sociology of emotions: Four decades of progress. Current Sociology, 64,
491–513.
Bernstein, B. (1960). Language and social class. British Journal of Sociology, 11, 271–276.
Bernstein, B. (1961). Social class and linguistic development: A theory of social learning. In A.
H. Halsey, J. Floud, & C. A. Anderson (Eds.), Education, economy, and society (pp. 288–314).
New York: Holt.
Bernstein, B. (1964). Elaborated and restricted codes: Their social origins and some consequences.
American Anthropologist, 66(6, part 2), 55–69.
Bernstein, B. (1970a). A Critique of the concept of compensatory education. In D. Rubenstein &
C. Stoneman (Eds.), Education for democracy (pp. 111–121). London: Penguin.
Bernstein, B. (1970b). Education cannot compensate for society. New Society, 387, 344–347.
Bernstein, B. (1971). Class, codes and control (Vol. 1). London: Routledge and Kegan Paul.
Bernstein, B. (1977). Class, codes, and control, vo. 3: Towards a theory of educational
transmissions. London: Routledge and Kegan Paul.
Bernstein. B. (1973/1977). Social class, language, and socialization. In J. Karabel & A. Halsey,
(Eds.), Power and ideology in education (pp. 473–486). Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Bernstein, B. (1996). Pedagogy, symbolic control, and identity: Theory, research, criticism.
London: Taylor & Francis.
Bernstein, B. (2000). Pedagogy, symbolic control, and identity: Theory, research, critique.
Lanham, Md.: Rowman & Littlefield.
Best, A. (2017). Fast-food kids: French fries, lunch lines and social ties. N.Y.: New York
University Press.
Bettie, J. (2003). Women without class: Girls, race, and identity. Berkeley: University of
California Press.
Bhatia, S., & Priya, K. (2018). Decolonizing culture: Euro-American psychology and the shaping
of neoliberal selves in India. Theory & Psychology, 28, 645–668.
Bhattacharya, T. (2017). Social reproduction theory: Remapping class, recentering oppression.
London: Pluto Press.
Billig, M., Condor, S., Edwards, D., Gane, M., Middleton, D. J., & Radley, A. R. (1988).
Ideological dilemmas: A social psychology of everyday thinking. London: Sage.
Bin, D. (2018). So-called accumulation by dispossession. Critical Sociology, 44, 75–88.
Binkley, S. (2012). The government of intimacy. Rethinking Marxism, 24(4), 556–573.
Binkley, S. (2014). Happiness as enterprise: An essay on neoliberal life. Albany: State University
of New York Press.
Bonvillain, N. (2016). Routledge handbook of linguistic anthropology. N.Y.: Routledge.
Bothwel, E. (2018, February 6). Asia University Rankings 2018: How did Tsinghua University
claim Chinese crown? Times Higher Education. https://www.timeshighereducation.com/world-
university-rankings/asia-university-rankings-2018-how-did-tsinghua-university-claim-chinese-
crown.
Bourdieu, P. (1977). Outline of a theory of practice. N.Y: Cambridge University Press.
Bourdieu, P. (1980/1990). The logic of practice. Stanford: Stanford University Press.
Bourdieu, P. (1984). Distinction. Cambridge: Harvard University Press.
Bourdieu, P. (1985). The social space and the genesis of groups. Theory and Society, 14, 723–744.
Bourdieu, P. (1987). What makes a social class? On the theoretical and practical existence of
groups. Berkeley Journal of Sociology 1–17.
Bourdieu, P. (1991). Language and symbolic power. Cambridge: Harvard University Press.
Bourdieu, P. (1998). Practical reason. Palo Alto: Stanford University Press.
Bourdieu, P. (2014). On the state. Malden, MA.: Polity Press.
Brady, M. (2014). Ethnographies of neoliberal governmentalities: From the neoliberal apparatus to
neoliberalism and governmental assemblages. Foucault Studies, 18, 11–33. http://ej.lib.cbs.dk/
index.php/foucault-studies/article/view/4649/5082.
Breheny, M., & Stephens, C. (2009). A life of ease and immorality: Health professional’s
constructions of mothering on welfare. Journal of Community & Applied Social Psychology,
19, 257–270.
Brown, W. (2015). Undoing the Demos: Neoliberalism’s stealth revolution. N.Y.: Zone Books.
Cahill, D., & Konings, M. (2017). Neoliberalism. Malden, MA.: Polity Press.
References 199
Foroohar, R. (2016, October 13). How the financing of colleges may lead to DISASTER. New
York Review of Books, 28–30.
Foster, J. (2018). What is monopoly capital? Monthly Review, 69(8), 56–62.
Foucault, M. (1991a). Question of method. In G. Burchell, C. Gordon & P. Miller (Eds.), The
Foucault effect: Studies in governmentality (pp. 73–86). Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
Foucault, M. (1991b). Governmentality. In G. Burchell, C. Gordon & P. Miller (Eds.), The
Foucault effect: Studies in governmentality (pp. 87–104). Chicago: University of Chicago
Press.
Foucault, M. (1991c). Politics and the study of discourse. In G. Burchell, C. Gordon & P. Miller
(Eds.), The Foucault effect: Studies in governmentality (pp. 53–72). Chicago: University of
Chicago Press.
Foucault, M. (2008). The birth of biopolitics: Lectures at the College de France, 1978–1979.
Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan.
Freitag, B. (1984). Cognitive and linguistic structures: Bernstein and Piaget in interaction.
Archives de Psychologie, 52, 153–174.
Fu, Q., Wu, C., Liu, H., Shi, Z., & Gu, J. (2018). Live like mosquitoes: Hukou, rural–urban
disparity, and depression. Chinese Journal of Sociology.
Fuchs, C. (2012). Political economy and surveillance theory. Critical Sociology, 39(5), 671–687.
Gane, N. (2014). The emergence of neoliberalism: Thinking through and beyond Michel
Foucault’s Lectures on Biopolitics. Theory, Culture and Society, 31, 3–27.
Gaventa, J. (1980). Power and powerlessness: Quiescence & Rebellion in an Appalachian valley.
Urbana: University Illinois Press.
Ghodsee, K. (2018). Why women have better sex under socialism. N.Y.: Nation Books.
Ghodsee, K., & Mead, J. (2018). What has socialism ever done for women? Catalyst, 2(2), 101–
133.
Gill, R., & Orgad, S. (2018). The amazing bounce-backable woman: Resilience and the
psychological turn in neoliberalism. Sociological Research Online, 23(2), 477–495.
Giroux, H. (2017, December 7). Challenging the neoliberalism at the root of Trump's
authoritarianism. Truthout. http://www.truth-out.org/news/item/42832-challenging-the-
neoliberalism-at-the-root-of-trump-s-authoritarianism.
Gobe, M. (2009). Emotional branding: The new paradigm for connecting brands to people. N.Y.:
Allworth Press.
Goldman, R. (1992). Reading ads socially. London: Routledge.
Goldthorpe, J. (2007). Cultural capital: Some critical observations. Sociologica, 2(2), 1–23. https://
doi.org/10.2383/24755.
Gonzalez-Rey, F. (2011). The path to subjectivity: Advancing alternative understandings of
Vygotsky and the cultural historical legacy. In P. Portes & S. Salas (Eds.), Vygotsky in 21st
century: Advances in cultural historical theory and praxis with non-dominant communities
(pp. 32–49). N.Y.: Peter Lang.
Graham, C., & Silke, H. (2017). Framing privatization: The dominance of neoliberal discourse and
the death of the public good. tripleC [Communication, capitalism, critique], 15(2), 796–815.
https://www.triple-c.at/index.php/tripleC/article/view/804/1048.
Green, E., & Saul, S. (2018, May 7). In deals for donations, conservatives influenced the hiring of
professors. New York Times, A10. https://www.nytimes.com/2018/05/05/us/koch-donors-
george-mason.html?rref=collection%2Fissuecollection%2Ftodays-new-york-times&action=
click&contentCollection=todayspaper®ion=rank&module=package&version=
highlights&contentPlacement=5&pgtype=collection.
Hakim, D., & Wines, M. (2018). In midterms, the right to vote is still at issue as partisan hurdles
pile up (p. 22). p. A: New York Times.
Harker, S., & May, S. (1993). Code and Habitus: comparing the accounts of Bernstein and
Bourdieu. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 14(2), 169–178.
Harvey, D. (2005). A brief history of neoliberalism. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
202 References
Hatzopoulos, P., Kambouri, N., & Huws, U. (2014). The containment of labour in accelerated
global supply chains: The case of Piraeus port. Work Organisation, Labour & Globalisation, 8
(1), 12–28.
Hayek, F. A. (1944/2005). The Road to Serfdom. N.Y.: Routledge. https://mises.org/sites/default/
files/Road%20to%20serfdom.pdf.
Heiman, R. (2015). Driving after class: Anxious times in an American suburb. Berkeley:
University of California Press.
Heinrich, M. (2004). An introduction to the three volumes of Karl Marx’s Capital. N.Y.: Monthly
Review Press.
Hertsgaard, M., & Dowie, M. (2018, March 29). How big wireless made us think that cell phones
are safe: A special investigation. The Nation. https://www.thenation.com/article/how-big-
wireless-made-us-think-that-cell-phones-are-safe-a-special-investigation/.
Hochschild, A. (2018). Male trouble. New York Review of Books, 65(15), 13–15.
Holborow, M. (2015). Language and neoliberalism. N.Y.: Routledge.
Holborow, M. (2018). Language skills as human capital? Challenging the neoliberal frame.
Language and Intercultural Communication, 18, 520–532.
Holtz, P., Deutschmann, E., & Dobewall, H. (2017). Cross-cultural psychology and the rise of
academic capitalism: Linguistic changes in CCR and JCCP Articles, 1970-2014. Journal of
Cross-Cultural Psychology.
Hormel, L., & McAllster, L. (2016). “These are the choices we’ve made”. How professors turn the
public issue of rising student loan debt into a private trouble. Humanity and Society, 41, 313–
332.
Husserl, E. (1970). The crisis in European sciences and transcendental phenomenology. Evanston:
Northwestern University Press. (Originally written 1937).
Johnson, T. (2016, April 28). The increasing irrelevance of the congressional black causus. The
Atlantic. https://www.theatlantic.com/politics/archive/2016/04/congressional-black-caucus-
donna-edwards-black-lives-matter/480180/.
Jovanović, G., Allolio-Näcke, L., & Ratner, C. (Eds.). (2018, forthcoming). The challenges of
cultural psychology: Reviving historical legacies, engaging for future responsibilities. London:
Routledge.
Julian, K. (2018, December). The sex recession. The Atlantic.
Kiely, R., & Saull, R. (2017). Neoliberalism and the far-right: An introduction. Critical Sociology.
King, N. (2017, June 7). Tech billionaires reinvent schools with students as beta testers. New York
Times A1.
Kinginger, C. (2016). Echoes of postfeminism in American students’ narratives of study abroad in
France. L2 Journal, 8, 76–91.
Kliman, A. (2012). The failure of capitalist production: Underlying causes of the great recession.
London: Pluto Books.
Kompisch, K. (2016). Female perpetrators. Germany: Women under National Socialism.
Kotch, A. (2017, February 3). Investigation reveals the extent the Koch empire is willing to go to
take over a university. Alternet. http://www.alternet.org/education/koch-brothers-fsu?akid=
15176.152322.GXgLik&rd=1&src=newsletter1071654&t=8.
Kotch, A. (May 2, 2018). Right-wing Federalist Society shaped hiring and admissions at George
Mason University, emails show. Truthout. http://www.truth-out.org/news/item/44347-right-
wing-federalist-society-shaped-hiring-and-admissions-at-george-mason-university-emails-
show.
Kotz, D. (2002). Globalization and neoliberalism. Rethinking Marxism, 14(2), 64–70.
Kotz, D., & McDonough, T. (2010). Global neoliberalism and the contemporary social structure of
accumulation. In T. McDonough, M. Reich, & D. Kotz (Eds.), Contemporary capitalism and
its crises (pp. 93–120). N.Y.: Cambridge University Press.
Krugman, P. (2017, July 31). Who are Republicans’ brains? New York Times A17.
Krugman, P. (2018). How’s that tax break working out? (p. 26). p. A: New York Times.
References 203
Kruse, K. (2015). One nation under god: How corporate America invented Christian America. N.
Y.: Basic Books.
Lafer, G. (2002). The job training charade. Ithaca: Cornell University Press.
Lafer, G. (2017). The one-percent solution: How corporations are remaking America one state at
a time. Ithaca: Cornell University Press.
Lantolf, J., & Poehner, M. (2014). Sociocultural theory and the pedagogical imperative in l2
education: Vygotskian praxis and the research/practice divide. N.Y.: Routledge.
Larrain, J. (1979). The concept of ideology. Athens, GA.: University of Georgia Press.
Laski, H. (1936). The rise of liberalism: The philosophy of a business civilization. N.Y.: Harper.
Lasslett, K. (2015). The state at the heart of capitalism: Marxist theory and Foucault’s lectures on
governmentality. Critical Sociology, 41(4–5), 641–658.
Leontiev, A. (1978). Activity, consciousness, and personality. New York: Prentice-Hall.
Leontiev, A. (2009). The development of mind. http://www.marxists.org/admin/books/activity-
theory/leontyev/development-mind.pdf.
Lewontin, R. (1991). Biology as ideology. N.Y.: Harper.
Liu, F. (2008). Constructing the autonomous middle-class self in today's China: the case of
young-adult only-children university students. Journal of Youth Studies, 11, 193–212.
Liu, F. (2014). From degendering to (re)gendering the self: Chinese youth negotiating modern
womanhood. Gender and Education, 26, 18–34. https://doi.org/10.1080/09540253.2013.
860432.
Lorey, I. (2015). State of insecurity: Government of the precarious. London, UK: Verso.
Losurdo, D. (2011). Liberalism: A counter-history. London: Verso.
Loveman, M. (2005). The modern state and the primitive accumulation of symbolic power.
American Journal of Sociology, 110(6), 1651–1683.
Lower, W. (2013). Hitler's furies: German women in the Nazi killing fields. Boston: Houghton
Mifflin Harcourt.
Ludwig, M. (2018, April 12). Zuckerberg grilled by same lawmakers who repealed online privacy
protections. Truthout.http://www.truth-out.org/news/item/44142-zuckerberg-grilled-by-same-
lawmakers-who-repealed-online-privacy-protections.
Lukacs, G. (1968). History and class consciousness: Studies in Marxist dialectics. Cambridge:
MIT Press. (Originally published 1923).
Lukes, S. (2005). Power: A radical view. N.Y.: Palgrave Macmillan.
Lupyan, G. (2016). The centrality of language in human cognition. Language Learning, 66, 516–
553.
Luria, A. (1934). The second psychological expedition to central Asia. Journal of Genetic
Psychology, 44, 255–259.
Lutz, C. (1988). Unnatural emotions. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
Luxton, M. (2010). Doing neoliberalism: Perverse individualism in personal life. In S. Braedley &
M. Luxton (Eds.), Neoliberalism and everyday life (pp. 163–183). Montreal: McGill-Queen’s
University Press.
Luykx, A., & Heyman, J. (2013). The limits of critical pedagogy: Teaching about structural
obstacles to students who overcame them. International Journal of Qualitative Studies in
Education, 26(3), 346–368. https://doi.org/10.1080/09518398.2012.762479.
Ma, Z. (2012). Psychiatric subjectivity and cultural resistance: Experience and explanations of
schizophrenia in contemporary China. In A. Kipnis (Ed.), Chinese modernity and the
individual psyche (pp. 203–227). N.Y.: Palgrave.
MacLean, N. (2017). Democracy in chains: The deep history of the radical right's stealth plan for
America. N.Y.: Viking.
Madrick, J. (2017). America: The forgotten poor. New York Review of Books, 64(11), 49–50.
Marazzi, C. (2011). Capital and affects: The politics of the language economy. Los Angeles:
Semiotext(e).
Marcuse, H. (1958). Soviet marxism: A critical analysis. New York: Columbia University Press.
204 References
Marx, K. (1844). Letters from the Deutsch-Französische Jahrbücher. In Collected works (Vol. 3,
pp. 133–145). Moscow: Progress Publishers.
Marx, K. (1962). Capital (Vol. 3). Moscow: Foreign Languages Publishing House. (Originally
published 1894).
Marx, K., & Engels, F. (1964). The German ideology. Moscow: Progress Publishers.
Marx, K., & Engels, F. (1987). Collected works (Vol. 28). N.Y.: International Publishers.
Mauss, M. (1966). The gift: Forms and functions of exchange in archaic societies. London: Cohen
& West.
Mayer, J. (2016). Dark money: The hidden history of the billionaires behind the rise of the radical
right. N.Y: Penguin.
McCormack, F. (2017). Private oceans: The enclosure and marketization of the seas. London:
Pluto Press.
McKinnon, S. (2005). Neo-liberal genetics: The myths and moral tales of evolutionary
psychology. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
Michaels, S. (1986). Narrative presentations: An oral preparation for literacy with first graders.
In J. Cook-Gumperz (Ed.), The social construction of literacy (pp. 94–116). New York:
Cambridge University Press.
Miller, C. (2016, November 10). In substance and style, women govern differently. New York
Times 11. https://www.nytimes.com/2016/11/10/upshot/women-actually-do-govern-
differently.html.
Miller, K., & Plencner, J. (2018). Supergirl and the corporate articulation of neoliberal feminism.
New Political Science, 40, 51–69. https://doi.org/10.1080/07393148.2017.1416568.
Mirowski, P. (2013). Never let a serious crisis go to waste. London: Verso.
Moody, K. (2017). The new terrain of class conflict in the United States. Catalyst, 1(2), 41–76.
Mullen, C., Samier, E., Brindley, S., English, F., & Carr, N. (2013). An epistemic frame analysis
of neoliberal culture and politics in the US, UK, and the UAE. Interchange, 43, 187–228.
https://doi.org/10.1007/s10780-013-9176-0.
Muller, M. (2016). The punitive city: Privatized policing and protection in neoliberal Mexico. N.
Y.: ZED books.
Murray, M., Bowen, S., Segura, N., & Verdugo, M. (2015). Apprehending volition in early
socialization: Raising “little persons” among rural Mapuche families. Ethos, 43, 376–401.
Mykhnenko, V. (2016). Resilience a right-wingers’ ploy? In S. Springer, K. Birch, & MacLeavy,
J. (Eds.), Handbook of neoliberalism (pp. 190–206). London: Routledge.
Newfield, C. (2008). Unmaking the public university: The forty-year assault on the middle class.
Cambridge: Harvard University Press.
Newfield, C. (2016). The great mistake: How we wrecked public universities and how we can fix
them. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University Press.
Ng, E. (2009). Heartache of the state, enemy of the self: Bipolar disorder and cultural change in
urban China. Culture, Medicine, Psychiatry, 33, 421–450.
Nik-Khah, E., & Van Horn, R. (2016). “The ascendancy of Chicago neoliberalism. In S. Springer,
K. Birch, & J. MacLeavy (Eds.), Handbook of neoliberalism (pp. 27–38). London: Routledge.
Obeng-Odoom, F. (2016). Marketising the commons in Africa: The case of Ghana. Review of
Social Economy, 74, 390–419.
Ochs, E., & Kremer-Sadlik, T. (2013). Fast-forward: family home, work, and relationships in
middle-class America. Berkeley: University of California Press.
Oksala, J. (2013). Feminism and neoliberal governmentality. Foucault Studies, 16, 32–53.
Olfson, M., Blanco, C., Liu, S. M., Wang, S., & Correll, C. (2012). National trends in the
office-based treatment of children, adolescents, and adults with antipsychotics. Archives of
General Psychiatry, 69(12), 1247–1256. https://doi.org/10.1001/archgenpsychiatry.2012.647.
Olson, E. (2017, August 8). Proof is elusive in age bias cases. New York Times B1.
Ostry, J., Lougani, P., & Furceri, D. (2016, June). Neoliberalism: Oversold? IMF Finance and
Development, 53(2), 38–41. https://www.imf.org/external/pubs/ft/fandd/2016/06/pdf/ostry.pdf.
References 205
Ouellette, L. (2017). Bare enterprise: US television and the business of dispossession (postcrisis,
gender and property television). European Journal of Cultural Studies, 20(5), 490–508.
Pang, I. (2018). The legal construction of precarity: Lessons from the construction sectors in
Beijing and Delhi. Critical Sociology.
Parker, M. (2017). Management by stress. Catalyst, 1(2), 173–194.
Peck, J. (2010). Constructions of neoliberal reason. N.Y.: Oxford University Press. Kindle
Edition.
Perreault, T. (2012). Dispossession by accumulation? Mining, water and the nature of enclosure on
the Bolivian altiplano. Antipode, 45(5), 1050–1069.
Piketty, T., Yang, L., & Zucman, G. (2017). Capital accumulation, private property and rising
inequality in China, 1978–2015. WID.world Working Paper Series No 2017/6. https://wid.
world/document/t-piketty-l-yang-and-g-zucman-capital-accumulation-private-property-and-
inequality-in-china-1978-2015-2016/; http://wir2018.wid.world/executive-summary.html.
Post, C. (2017). Slavery and the new history of capitalism. Catalyst, 1(2), 173–192.
Pow, C. (2009). Neo-liberalism and the aestheticization of new middle-class landscapes. Antipode,
41, 371–390.
Protess, B., Gebeloff, R., & Ivory, D. (2018, November 3). Corporate wrong-doers get break under
Trump. New York Times A1.
Pruchniewska, U. (2018). Branding the self as an “authentic feminist”: negotiating feminist values
in post-feminist digital cultural production. Feminist Media Studies, 18(5), 810–824.
Prügl, E. (2014). Neoliberalising feminism. New Political Economy, 20(4), 614–631. https://doi.
org/10.1080/13563467.2014.951614.
Rabin, R. (2018, March 18). U.S. wooed alcohol industry for a drinking study. New York Times A.
1. https://www.nytimes.com/2018/03/17/health/nih-alcohol-study-liquor-industry.html?rref=
collection%2Fissuecollection%2Ftodays-new-york-times&action=click&contentCollection=
todayspaper®ion=rank&module=package&version=highlights&contentPlacement=
2&pgtype=collection.
Rasmus, J. (2016). Looting Greece: A new financial imperialism emerges. London: Clarity Press.
Ratner, C. (1991). Vygotsky's sociohistorical psychology & its contemporary applications. N.Y.:
Plenum.
Ratner, C. (1994). The unconscious: A perspective from sociohistorical psychology. Journal of
Mind and Behavior, 15, 323–342.
Ratner, C. (1996). Activity as a key concept for cultural psychology. Culture and Psychology, 2,
407–434.
Ratner, C. (1997a). Cultural psychology and qualitative methodology. N.Y.: Springer.
Ratner, C. (1997b). In defense of activity theory. Culture and Psychology, 3, 211–223.
Ratner, C. (2002). Cultural psychology: Theory and method. N.Y.: Plenum.
Ratner, C. (2006). Cultural psychology: A perspective on psychological functioning and social
reform. Mahwah: Lawrence Erlbaum.
Ratner, C. (2011). Macro cultural psychology, the psychology of oppression, and
cultural-psychological enrichment. In P. Portes & S. Salas (Eds.), Vygotsky in 21st century
society: Advances in cultural historical theory and praxis with non-dominant communities,
chap. 5. NY: Peter Lang.
Ratner, C. (2011c). Macro cultural psychology. In J. Valsiner (Ed.), Oxford handbook of culture
and psychology, chap. 10. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Ratner, C. (2012a). Cultural psychology. In R. Rieber (Ed.), Encyclopedia of the history of
psychological theories (chap. 28). N.Y.: Springer.
Ratner, C. (2012b). Macro cultural psychology: A political philosophy of mind. Oxford: Oxford
University Press.
Ratner, C. (2013). Macro cultural psychology: Its development, concerns, politics, and direction.
In M. Gelfand, C. Chiu, & Y. Hong (Eds.), Advances in culture and psychology (Vol. 3,
chap. 6). N.Y.: Oxford University Press.
206 References
Ratner, C. (2014a). False consciousness. In T. Teo (Ed.), The encyclopedia of critical psychology.
N.Y.: Springer.
Ratner, C. (2014b). The psychology of oppression. In T. Teo (Ed.), The encyclopedia of critical
psychology. N.Y.: Springer.
Ratner, C. (2014c). Macro cultural psychology. In T. Teo (Ed.), The Encyclopedia of Critical
Psychology. N.Y.: Springer.
Ratner, C. (2015). Classic and revisionist sociocultural theory and their analyses of expressive
language: An empirical assessment. Language and Sociocultural Theory, 2, 51–83.
Ratner, C. (2016a). Culture-centric versus person-centered cultural psychology and political
philosophy. Language and Sociocultural Theory, 3, 11–25.
Ratner, C. (2016b). The politics of cooperation and co-ops. N.Y.: Nova Publishers.
Ratner, C. (2017a). Marxist psychology, Vygotsky’s cultural psychology, and psychoanalysis: The
double helix of science and politics. In C. Ratner & D. Nunes (Eds.), Vygotksy and Marx:
Toward a Marxist psychology (pp. 27–108). London: Taylor & Francis.
Ratner, C. (2017b). The discrepancy between macro culture and individual, lived psychology: An
ethnographic example of Chinese moral behavior. Culture and Psychology, 23, 356–371.
Ratner, C., & Nunes, D. (2017a). Vygotsky and Marx: Toward a Marxist psychology. London:
Taylor & Frances.
Ratner, C., & Nunes, D. (2017b). Introduction: Recovering and advancing Vygotsky’s Marxist
psychology. In Ratner, C. & D Nunes (Eds.), Vygotsky and Marx: Toward a Marxist
psychology (pp. 1–26). London: Taylor & Frances.
Ratner, C. (2017c). The generalized pathology of our era: Comparing the biomedical explanation,
the cultural-political explanation, and a liberal-humanistic-postmodernist perspective.
International Critical Thought, 7(1), 72–92.
Ratner, C. (2018a). Trends within sociocultural theory, and the utility of “cultural capital” for SCT.
In J. Lantolf, M. Poehenr, & M. Swain (Eds.), Routledge handbook of sociocultural theory and
second language learning and teaching. N.Y.: Routledge. Available on my web page: www.
sonic.net/*cr2.
Ratner, C. (2018b). The genesis of macro cultural psychology’s culture theory from traditional
cultural psychology. In G. Jovanović, L. Allolio-Näcke, & C. Ratner (Eds.), The challenges of
cultural psychology: Historical legacies and future responsibilities (pp. 369–395). N.Y.:
Routledge.
Ratner, C. (2018c). The genesis of macro cultural psychology’s political orientation from other
approaches to cultural psychology. In G. Jovanović, L. Allolio-Näcke, & C. Ratner (Eds.), The
challenges of cultural psychology: Historical legacies and future responsibilities (pp. 396–
418). N.Y.: Routledge.
Ratner, C. (2019). Psychology’s contribution to socio-cultural–political emancipation.
Palgrave-Macmillan.
Ravitch, D. (2016, December 8). When public goes private, as Trump wants: What happens? New
York Review of Books, 63(#19), 58–61.
Ravitch, D. (2017, December 7). Big money rules. New York Review of Books, 64(#19), 29–33.
Reay, D. (2017). Miseducation: Inequality, education, and the working classes. Bristol: Policy
Press.
Reddy, S. (2017, January 9). How to get the most out of a doctor’s visit. Wall St. Journal.http://
www.wsj.com/articles/how-to-get-the-most-out-of-a-doctors-visit-1483982195.
Reed, A. (2018). MLK: What we lost. New York Review of Books, 65(17), 48–50.
Reich, A. (2014). Selling our souls: The commodification of hospital care in the United States.
Princeton: Princeton University Press.
Rich, N. (2016, November 10). Inside the sacrifice zone. New York Review of Books 15–17.
Rich, N. (2018, August 1). Losing earth: The decade we almost stopped climate change. New York
Times Magazine.
References 207
Ronkainen, N., Shuman, A., Ding, T., You, S., & Xu, L. (2018). ‘Running fever’: Understanding
runner identities in Shanghai through turning point narratives. Leisure Studies, 37, 211–222.
https://doi.org/10.1080/02614367.2017.1324513.
Rooks, N. (2017). Cutting school: Privatization, segregation, and the end of public education. N.
Y.: New Press.
Rose, N. (1998). Inventing ourselves: Psychology, power, and personhood. N.Y.: Cambridge
University Press.
Rose, N. (1999). Governing the soul: The shaping of the private self. London: Free Association
Books.
Rosenberg, S. (2010). Labor in the contemporary social structure of accumulation. In T.
McDonough, M. Reich, & D. Kotz (Eds.), Contemporary capitalism and its crises (pp. 195–
214). New York: Cambridge University Press.
Rottenberg, C. (2013). The rise of neoliberal feminism. Cultural Studies, 28(3), 418–437.
Sacks, P. (2007). Tearing down the gates: Confronting the class divide in American education.
California: University of California Press. Kindle Edition.
Sadovnik, A. (2001). Basil Bernstein. Prospects: The Quarterly Review of Comparative
Education, XXXI, (4), 687–703. http://www.ibe.unesco.org/publications/ThinkersPdf/
bernsteine.pdf.
Saeedy, A. (2018, June 1). How Greece’s busiest port reveals the perils of privatization. The
Nation.
Saldívar, E. (2018). Uses and abuses of culture: Mestizaje in the era of multiculturalism. Cultural
Studies, 32, 438–459. https://doi.org/10.1080/09502386.2017.1420092.
Sarti, W. (2010). Women and Nazis: Perpetrators of genocide and other crimes during Hitler's
regime 1933–1945. N.Y.: Academia.
Sartre, J.-P. (1963). Search for a method. N.Y.: Knopf.
Sartre, J.-P. (1991). Critique of dialectical reason (Vol. 2). N.Y.: Verso.
Scharff, C. (2016). The psychic life of neoliberalism: Mapping the contours of entrepreneurial
subjectivity. Theory, Culture, and Society, 33, 107–122.
Schieber, N., & Casselman, B. (2018, January 26). Amid mergers, wages lag in heartland. New
York Times B1.
Schrecker, E. (2010). The lost soul of higher education: Corporatization, the assault on academic
freedom, and the end of the American university. New York: The New Press.
Schroeder, J., & Salzer-Morling, M. (2006). Brand culture. N.Y.: Routledge.
Scull, A. (1993). The most solitary of afflictions: Madness and society in Britain, 1700–1900. New
Haven: Yale University Press.
Serre, D., & Wagner, A. (2015). For a relational approach to cultural capital: A concept tested by
changes in the French social space. The Sociological Review, 63, 433–450.
Shildrick, T., & MacDonald, R. (2013). Poverty talk: How people experiencing poverty deny their
poverty and why they blame ‘the poor’. Sociological Review, 61, 285–303.
Silva, J. (2013). Coming up short: Working-class adulthood in an age of uncertainty. Oxford:
Oxford University Press, Kindle Edition.
Singer, N. (2017, June 7). Tech billionaires reinvent schools, with students as beta testers. New
York Times A1.
Skeggs, B. (2015). Introduction: Stratification or exploitation, domination, dispossession and
devaluation? The Sociological Review, 63, 205–222. https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-954X.12297
.
Sluhovsky, M. (2017). Becoming a new self: Practices of belief in early modern Catholicism.
Chicago: Chicago University Press.
Sorkin, A. (2018, April 10). Our privacy has eroded: We’re o.k. with that. New York Times.
Springer, S., Birch, K., & MacLeavy, J. (2016). Handbook of neoliberalism. London: Routledge.
Taylor, K. (2013, July 14). She Can Play That Game, Too. New York Times ST1. https://www.
nytimes.com/2013/07/14/fashion/sex-on-campus-she-can-play-that-game-too.html.
208 References
Temin, P. (2017). The vanishing middle class: Prejudice and power in a dual economy.
Cambridge: MIT Press.
Theoharis, J. (2018). A more beautiful and terrible history: The uses and misuses of civil rights
history. Boston: Beacon Press.
Tomba, L. (2004). Creating an urban middle class: Social engineering in Beijing. The China
Journal, 51, 1–26.
Tomlin, C., Mocombe, P., & Wright, C. (2013). Postindustrial capitalism, social class language
games, and black underachievement in the United States and United Kingdom. Mind, Culture,
and Activity, 20, 358–371. https://doi.org/10.1080/10749039.2012.752011.
Valsiner, J., & Van der Veer, R. (2014). Encountering the border: Vygotsky’s zona blitzhaishego
razvitia and its implications for theories of development. In A. Yasnitsky, R. van der Veer, &
M. Ferrari (Eds.), The Cambridge handbook of cultural-historical psychology (pp. 148–176).
Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Van der Veer, R., & Valsiner, J. (1991). Understanding Vygotsky: A quest for synthesis.
Cambridge: Blackwell.
Varman, R., & Al-Amoudi, I. (2016). Accumulation through derealization: How corporate
violence remains unchecked. Human Relations, 69(10), 1909–1935.
Varman, R., & Vijay, D. (2018). Dispossessing vulnerable consumers: Derealization, desubjec-
tification, and violence. Marketing Theory.
Volosinov, V. (1973). Marxism and the philosophy of language. Cambridge: Harvard University
Press.
Volscho, T. (2017). The revenge of the capitalist class: Crisis, the legitimacy of capitalism and the
restoration of finance from the 1970s to present. Critical Sociology, 43, 249–266.
Vygotsky, L. S. (1925/1971). The psychology of art. Cambridge: MIT Press.
Vygotsky, L. S. (1987). Collected works (Vol. 1). N.Y.: Plenum.
Vygotsky, L. S. (1989). Concrete human psychology. Soviet Psychology, 27(2), 53–77.
Vygotsky, L. S. (1994a). The socialist alteration of man. In R. Van deer Veer & J. Valsiner (Eds.),
The Vygotsky Reader (pp. 175–184). Cambridge: Blackwell.
Vygotsky, L. S. (1994b). The problem of the environment. In R. Van deer Veer & J. Valsiner
(Eds.), The Vygotsky Reader (pp. 338–354). Cambridge: Blackwell.
Vygotsky, L. (1994c). The problem of the environment. In R. Van der Veer & J. Valsiner (Eds.),
The Vygotsky reader (pp. 338–354). Oxford: Blackwell.
Vygotsky, L. (1997a). Collected works (Vol. 3). New York: Plenum.
Vygotsky, L. S. (1997b). Educational psychology. Boca Raton: St. Lucie Press.
Vygotsky, L. S. (1997c). Collected works (Vol. 4). N.Y.: Plenum.
Vygotsky, L. S. (1998). The collected works of L.S. Vygotsky (Vol. 5). New York: Plenum.
Wade, L. (2017). American hookup: The new culture of sex on campus. N.Y.: Norton.
Ward, S. (2012). Neoliberalism and the global restructuring of knowledge and education. N.Y.:
Routledge.
Webber, D. (2018, March 5). The real reason the investor class hates pensions. New York Times.
https://www.nytimes.com/2018/03/05/opinion/investor-class-pensions.html.
Wertsch (Ed.). (1981). The concept of activity in Soviet Psychology. New York: Sharpe.
Wertsch, J. V. (1985a). Vygotsky and the social formation of mind. Ma.: Harvard University Press.
Wertsch, J. V. (Ed.). (1985b). Culture, communication, and cognition: Vygotskian perspectives.
New York: Cambridge University Press.
Wetherell, M., & Potter, J. (1992). Mapping the language of racism: Discourse and the
legitimation of exploitation. Hemel Hempstead, UK: Harvester/Wheatsheaf.
Widdows, H. (2018). Perfect me: Beauty as an ethical ideal. Princeton: Princeton University
Press.
Wiener, D. (2018, May 9). Take the money and run: Trump tax cuts boost earnings of ALEC
corporations which promptly lay off workers. Truthout. http://www.truth-out.org/news/item/
44414-take-the-money-and-run-trump-tax-cuts-boost-earnings-of-alec-corporations-which-
promptly-layoff-workers.
References 209
Williams, R. (1977). Marxism and literature. New York: Oxford University Press.
Yan, Y. (2000). The politics of consumerism in Chinese society. In T. White (Ed.), China briefing,
2000: The continuing transformation (pp. 159–193). Armonk: M.E. Sharpe.
Yan, Y. (2003). Private life under socialism: Love, intimacy, and family change in a Chinese
village, 1949–1999. Palo Alto: Stanford University Press.
Yan, Y. (2010). The Chinese path to individualization. The British Journal of Sociology, 61, 489–
512.
Yang, J. (2012). Song wennuan, ‘sending warmth’: Unemployment, new urban poverty, and the
affective state in China. Ethnography, 14, 104–125.
Yang, J. (2015). Unknotting the heart: Unemployment and therapeutic governance in China.
Ithaca: Cornell University Press.
Yang, J. (2016). The politics and regulation of anger in urban China. Culture, Medicine,
Psychiatry, 40, 100–123. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11013-015-9476-1.
Yang, J. (2017). Virtuous power: Ethics, confucianism, and psychological self help in China.
Critique of Anthropology, 37, 179–200.
Yang, J. (2018). Mental health in China: Change, tradition, and therapeutic governance.
Medford, Mass.: Polity Press.
Zavershneva, E., & van der Veer, R. (Eds.). (2018). Vygotsky’s notebooks: A selection. N.Y.:
Springer.
Zhang, L. (2010). In search of paradise: Middle class living in a Chinese metropolis. Ithaca:
Cornell University Press.
Zhang, L. (2017). The rise of therapeutic governing in postsocialist China. Medical Anthropology,
36, 6–18.
Zhang, L. (2018). Cultivating the therapeutic self in China. Medical Anthropology, 37, 45–58.
Zhang, L., & Ong, A. (2008). Privatizing China: Socialism from afar. Ithaca: Cornell University
Press.
Zhu, J., Pan, T., Yu, H., & Dong, D. (2018). Guan (Care/Control): An ethnographic understanding
of care for people with severe mental illness from Shanghai’s urban communities. Culture,
Medicine, and Psychiatry, 42, 92–111.